FIC Laptop A360 User Manual

FIC A360 Intel® FC-PGA Pentium-III / Celeron Notebooks  
A360 Model  
Reference and  
Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F I C A 3 6 0 M O D E L  
I N T E L F C - P G A P E N T I U M - I I I / C E L E R O N N O T E B O O K S  
Reference and Service Manual  
July 2001, Volume 1  
First International Computer, Inc.  
Portable Computing Group  
7F, #266, Wen-Hua 2 Rd., Linko, 244  
Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preface  
This manual contains operation, specifications, technical references, maintenance and  
troubleshooting instructions for the FIC A360 notebook.  
Intended Audience  
This manual is primarily intended for use by qualified service technicians assigned to FIC  
notebook PC repair operations. However, several sections contain overview technical  
information useful to a general (less-technical) audience.  
Contents  
This manual contains the following:  
Chapter 1: Outline of the A360 - Introduces the notebook and identifies all standard and  
optional features including outlines on the BIOS SETUP program.  
Chapter 2: Installation and Upgrade - Provides information on installing the device drivers  
and utility programs of the notebook as well as important system upgrade procedures.  
Chapter 3: Software Functional Overview - Provides a functional overview of the  
notebook’s BIOS and software operation. This includes the power management function and  
system resource listing.  
Chapter 4: Hardware Functional Overview - Provides a functional overview of the  
notebook’s hardware and sub-assemblies as well as description of every component and  
chipset used to control each operation.  
Chapter 5: Maintenance & Disassembly - Describes the preventive and corrective  
maintenance procedures for the notebook. This includes primarily the disassembly and  
assembly procedures of the notebook.  
Chapter 6: Troubleshooting and Repair - Provides instructions in handling BIOS POST  
Error codes and messages as well as guidelines in doing board-level troubleshooting.  
Appendix A: Notebook Specification - Provides detailed information on the entire  
notebook’s specification including system specification, mechanical specification, and  
environmental specification.  
Appendix B: Pin Assignment - Contains lists of all pin assignments for ports, connectors, and  
slots.  
Appendix C: FRU Parts Listing - Contains lists of field replaceable parts for RMA purpose.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
Preface  
Chapter 1  
Outline of the A360  
1.1 Introduction / 1-1  
1.2 Feature Highlights / 1-1  
1.3 System Configuration / 1-4  
1.4 Quick Tour of the Notebook / 1-5  
1.4.1  
1.4.2  
1.4.3  
1.4.4  
1.4.5  
1.4.6  
Inside the Notebook / 1-5  
Front Side of the Notebook / 1-11  
The Right Side of the Notebook / 1-12  
The Left Side of the Notebook / 1-13  
The Rear Side of the Notebook / 1-15  
The Under Side of the Notebook / 1-17  
1.5 System BIOS SETUP Program / 1-18  
1.5.1  
1.5.2  
1.5.3  
1.5.4  
1.5.5  
Using the Main Menu / 1-19  
Using the Advanced Menu / 1-21  
Using the Security Menu / 1-25  
Using the Boot Menu / 1-26  
How to Exit the Setup Program / 1-27  
1.6 Notebook Accessories and System Options / 1-28  
1.6.1  
1.6.2  
1.6.3  
1.6.4  
1.6.5  
1.6.6  
1.6.7  
1.6.8  
AC Adapter and Power Cord / 1-28  
Battery Pack / 1-28  
Car Cigarette Power Cable / 1-28  
Internal Modem Module / 1-28  
Internal Ethernet LAN Module / 1-28  
DVD-ROM Drive / 1-28  
CD-RW Driver / 1-29  
Audio-DJ / 1-29  
Chapter 2  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.1 Overview / 2-1  
2.2 Notebook Drivers and Utilities / 2-1  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
2.2.1  
2.2.2  
Running the PHDISK STD Utility / 2-1  
Installing Windows 98 / Me / 2000 from CD / DVD  
ROM / 2-2  
2.2.3  
2.2.4  
2.2.5  
2.2.6  
2.2.7  
2.2.8  
2.2.9  
Installing the VGA Device Driver / 2-2  
Installing the Audio Device Driver / 2-3  
Installing EzSystem Driver / 2-3  
Installing Touch Pad Driver / 2-4  
Installing the Internal Modem / 2-4  
Installing the Internal LAN / 2-6  
Installing the Internal Como Modem / LAN / 2-7  
2.3 System Upgrades / 2-8  
2.3.1  
2.3.2  
2.3.3  
2.3.4  
2.3.5  
Jumper Settings / 2-8  
CPU Upgrade Procedure / 2-9  
Memory Upgrade Procedure / 2-11  
Hard Disk Upgrade Procedure / 2-12  
System BIOS Upgrade Procedure / 2-14  
Chapter 3  
Software Functional Overview  
3.1 Overview / 3-1  
3.2 Summary of the BIOS Specification / 3-1  
3.3 Subsystem Software Functions / 3-2  
3.3.1  
Key Chipset Summary / 3-2  
System Memory / 3-3  
Video / 3-3  
3.3.2  
3.3.3  
3.3.4  
3.3.5  
3.3.6  
3.3.7  
3.3.8  
3.3.9  
3.3.10  
3.3.11  
3.3.12  
3.3.13  
3.3.14  
3.3.15  
Enhanced IDE / 3-5  
Audio / 3-6  
Super I/O / 3-6  
PCMCIA / 3-6  
LED Indicator / 3-6  
Hot Keys Definition / 3-7  
Plug & Play / 3-7  
PCI Device / 3-8  
SMBus Devices / 3-9  
Resource Allocation / 3-9  
GPIO Pin Assignment / 3-11  
Intel PIIX4M GPI Signal / 3-13  
ii  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
3.3.16  
3.3.17  
3.3.18  
3.3.19  
Intel PIIX4M GPO Signal / 3-13  
PMU07 GPIO Signal / 3-14  
A550L Super I/O 37N869 GPIO Pin Definition /3-14  
M38867 GPIO Signal / 3-15  
3.4 Power Management / 3-15  
3.4.1  
3.4.2  
General Requirements / 3-15  
System Power Plane / 3-15  
3.5 ACPI / 3-16  
3.5.1  
General Requirements / 3-16  
3.5.2  
System Power Plane / 3-16  
3.5.3  
Global System State Definitions / 3-16  
Device Power State Definitions / 3-17  
Sleeping State Definitions / 3-18  
Power States / 3-19  
3.5.4  
3.5.5  
3.5.6  
3.5.7  
Power States transition event / 3-19  
Lid Switch / 3-20  
3.5.8  
3.5.9  
Power Button and Internet / Mail Button / 3-20  
Device Power Management / 3-20  
3.5.10  
3.5.11  
Expanding Event Through the Embedded Controller  
/ 3-22  
3.5.12  
3.5.13  
3.5.14  
3.5.15  
3.5.16  
3.5.17  
Thermal Control / 3-24  
Hardware Thermal Events / 3-26  
Active Cooling Strength / 3-26  
Passive Cooling Equation / 3-27  
Critical Shutdown / 3-28  
Other Implementation Of Thermal Controllable  
Devices / 3-28  
3.5.18  
3.5.19  
Thermal Control Methods / 3-29  
AC Adapters and Power Source Objects / 3-31  
3.6 Battery Management / 3-31  
3.6.1  
3.6.2  
Battery Sub-system / 3-31  
Battery Warning / 3-31  
Battery Low / 3-31  
AC Adapter / 3-32  
3.6.3  
3.6.4  
3.7 PMU07 / 3-32  
3.7.1  
The System EC RAM with PMU07 / 3-32  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
3.7.2  
PMU07 EC RAM List / 3-33  
3.8 Miscellaneous / 3-41  
3.8.1  
Security / 3-41  
3.9 CMOS Setup Utility / 3-41  
Chapter 4  
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.1 Overview / 4-1  
4.2 System Hardware Block Diagram / 4-2  
4.4 System Processor (CPU) / 4-3  
4.4.1  
4.4.2  
Intel Mobile Pentium-III Features / 4-3  
Intel Mobile Celeron Features / 4-4  
4.5 System Core Logic / 4-5  
4.5.1  
4.5.2  
82443ZX Features / 4-5  
82371MB (PIIX4M) Features / 4-6  
4.6 Clock Frequency Generator / 4-8  
4.7 Cache Memory / 4-8  
4.8 System Memory / 4-8  
4.8.1  
4.8.2  
System Memory / 4-8  
Video Memory / 4-8  
4.9 System BIOS / 4-8  
4.10 Video Subsystem / 4-9  
4.10.1  
4.10.2  
Video Chip Controller / 4-9  
Video Clock / 4-9  
4.11 I/O Subsystem / 4-9  
4.12 PCMCIA Controller / 4-10  
4.13 Audio Subsystem / 4-11  
4.14 Keyboard and Pointing Device / 4-13  
4.15 Disk Drives Subsystem / 4-14  
4.16 Power Subsystem / 4-14  
4.16.1  
4.16.2  
4.16.3  
4.16.4  
AC Power Adapter / 4-14  
Internal Battery Pack / 4-14  
DC-DC Module of Motherboard / 4-14  
LCD Inverter Board Assembly / 4-14  
4.17 Micro-P Subsystem (PMU-07) / 4-15  
iv  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
Chapter 5  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5.1 Introduction / 5-1  
5.2 Preventive Maintenance / 5-1  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
5.2.4  
5.2.5  
Cleaning the Computer / 5-1  
Protecting the Disk Drives / 5-1  
Maintaining the LCD Quality / 5-1  
Maintaining the Hard Disk Drive / 5-2  
Handling the Computer Battery Packs / 5-2  
5.3 Required Tools and Equipment / 5-3  
5.4 Notebook Field-Replaceable Parts and Assemblies / 5-3  
5.4.1  
5.4.2  
Cover-Display LCD assembly / 5-4  
System Unit Assembly / 5-4  
5.5 Parts Removal and Replacement Procedures / 5-6  
5.5.1  
5.5.2  
5.5.3  
5.5.4  
5.5.5  
5.5.6  
5.5.7  
5.5.8  
5.5.9  
5.5.10  
5.5.11  
5.5.12  
5.5.13  
5.5.14  
Removing the Battery Pack / 5-6  
Removing the Keyboard / 5-6  
Removing the LCD Panel / 5-7  
Removing the Internal Hard Disk Drive / 5-9  
Removing the Heat Sink Plate and Cooling Fan/5-10  
Removing the CD-ROM Module / 5-10  
Removing the System Top Cover / 5-11  
Removing the Glide Pad / 5-12  
Removing the Audio Board / 5-13  
Removing the Battery Board / 5-14  
Removing the Internal Speakers / 5-14  
Removing the FDD Module / 5-15  
Removing the CPU / 5-16  
Removing / Replacing the Motherboard / 5-17  
Chapter 6  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.1 Introduction / 6-1  
6.1.1  
Helpful Starters / 6-1  
6.2 System BIOS Related Problems / 6-1  
6.2.1  
6.2.2  
POST Messages / 6-1  
Informational Messages / 6-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
6.2.3  
6.2.4  
Beep Codes / 6-4  
Run-time Error Messages / 6-9  
6.3 Quick Troubleshooting / 6-10  
6.4 Component-Level Troubleshooting / 6-13  
6.4.1  
General Overview / 6-13  
6.4.2  
Starting Check / 6-14  
6.4.3  
Memory Interface Check / 6-14  
CRT Interface Check / 6-15  
6.4.4  
6.4.5  
FDD Interface Check / 6-15  
6.4.6  
HDD Interface Check / 6-16  
6.4.7  
Internal Keyboard Check / 6-16  
Glide pad Interface Check / 6-17  
CD-ROM Interface Check / 6-17  
Charger Board Interface Check / 6-18  
Serial Port Interface Check / 6-18  
External Keyboard Check / 6-19  
PS/2 Mouse Interface Check / 6-19  
Printer Port Interface Check / 6-20  
Audio Port Interface Check / 6-20  
PCMCIA Interface Check / 6-21  
USB Port Interface Check / 6-21  
DC-DC Power Check / 6-22  
6.4.8  
6.4.9  
6.4.10  
6.4.11  
6.4.12  
6.4.13  
6.4.14  
6.4.15  
6.4.16  
6.4.17  
6.4.18  
6.4.19  
6.4.20  
6.4.21  
6.4.22  
6.4.23  
6.4.24  
6.4.25  
6.4.26  
6.4.27  
LCD Panel Interface Check / 6-22  
Suspend Function Check / 6-23  
LED Indicator Function Check / 6-24  
Cover Switch Function Check / 6-25  
Internal Modem or LAN Port Check / 6-25  
Internal Combo Modem / LAN Port Check / 6-26  
FIR Interface Check / 6-26  
IEEE1394 Interface Check / 6-27  
TV-Out Interface Check / 6-27  
Appendix A Notebook Specification  
A.1 System Specification / A-1  
A.2 Display Specification /A-4  
vi  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
A.3 Floppy Disk Drive Specification /A-6  
A.4 CD-ROM Drive Specification /A-7  
A.5 DVD-ROM Drive Specification /A-7  
A.6 CD-RW Drive Specification /A-8  
A.7 Keyboard Specification /A-8  
A.8 Touch Pad Specification /A-8  
A.9 Internal Modem Specification /A-9  
A.10 Internal LAN Specification /A-9  
A.11 Power Supply /A-9  
A.12 Inverter Specification /A-10  
A.13 DC/DC Specification /A-10  
A.14 Charger Specification /A-11  
A.15 Mechanical Specification /A-11  
A.16 Environmental Requirements /A-11  
Appendix B Pin Assignments  
B.1 CRT (VGA) Connector / B-1  
B.2 Serial Port Connector / B-2  
B.3 Parallel Port Connector / B-2  
B.4 PS/2 Mouse / Ext. Keyboard Mini-DIN Connector / B-4  
B.5 USB Connector / B-4  
B.6 CD-ROM IDE Connector / B-4  
B.7 DC-IN Jack Pin Assignment / B-5  
B.8 LCD Connector Pin Assignment / B-5  
B.9 FDD Connector / B-6  
B.10 HDD Pin Assignment / B-6  
B.11 Internal Keyboard FPC Connector / B-7  
B.12 Battery Connector / B-7  
B.13 Audio Jack / B-8  
B.14 Internal Microphone Connector / B-8  
Appendix C FRU Parts Listing  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
1
Outline of the A360  
1.1 Introduction  
This chapter provides the outline features and operation of the A360 including the BIOS  
Setup program and other system options.  
The A360 all-in-one notebook offers the latest in advanced portable computing and  
multimedia technology that even outperforms most desktop computers. It incorporates the  
latest Intel Pentium-III FC-PGA 370 Processor or Intel Celeron FC-PGA 370 processor and  
fully compatibles with an entire library of PC software based on operating systems such as  
MS-DOS, Windows 98/Me, and Windows NT/2000. It also runs on future versions of  
Windows. It comes with a built-in Windows 98/Me keyboard, glide pad pointing device,  
sound system, PCMCIA slots, USB (Universal Serial Bus) port, IEEE 1394 port, advanced  
power management and more new multimedia features.  
1.2 Feature Highlights  
The A360 includes a variety of innovative features:  
Features  
Description  
Formatiert: Nummerierung und  
Aufzählungszeichen  
CPU  
Intel ® Pentium-III, Celeron Processors using FC-PGA 370  
packaging at 933 MHz/1GHz/1.13GHz+ for Pentium-III at  
766/800/850/900/950+ MHz for Celeron  
Cache Memory  
On-die secondary level cache (256-KB) for Pentium-III, Tualatin  
On-die secondary level cache (128-KB) for Celeron  
Bus Architecture 32-bit PCI / PCI-to-ISA Bus Architecture  
Bus Speed  
100 / 133 MHz Front Side Bus  
System Memory  
Two memory slots for 144-pin SODIMM SDRAM (3.3V)  
Use PC-100/133 SDRAM (64 / 128 / 256 MB)  
Upgradeable to 512 MB  
Display  
12.1” SVGA TFT Color LCD at 800x600 pixel resolution  
13.3"/14.1” XGA TFT Color LCD at 1024x768 pixels resolution  
Maximum 32-bit True Color display at 1024x768 pixel resolution  
Brightness controls via hot-key function  
LVDS Interface  
VGA  
High performance S3 Savage4 (Integrated in Twister) with AGP  
4X and SMA support.  
0/8/16/32 MB VRAM sharing from SDRAM (Using system  
memory; SMA Technology) (Twister spec is 2~32 MB).  
Up to 1280x1024 resolution for external CRT monitor at 16M  
colors (32-bit True Color)  
128bit Graphics Engine  
Support Dual View and Dual Video  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
HDD  
Built-in (internal) 2.5-inch Format; 9.5mm in Height Enhanced  
IDE hard drive  
Gelöscht: /100  
Supports Bus Mastering Ultra-DMA 33/66 feature for LBA  
Built-in ATAPI IDE 24X+ Speed CD-ROM drive; or  
Built-in ATAPI IDE 8X+ Speed DVD-ROM drive; or  
Built-in ATAPI IDE 4X+ Speed CD-RW drive; or  
Built-in ATAPI IDE Combo CD/DVD/CD-R/CD-RW drive  
Built-in 3.5-inch 1.44MB floppy disk drive  
Formatiert  
CD-ROM /  
DVD-ROM /  
CD-RW  
FDD  
Keyboard  
19mm Pitch and 3mm Travel  
Built-in 87 / 90-key Windows keyboard  
Compatible with IBM enhanced 101 / 102-key keyboard  
Pointing Device  
PCMCIA Slot  
Integrated Touch pad (Glide pad) with 2 select click buttons and  
1 scroll button  
PS/2 mouse interface  
Double-deck PCMCIA 2.1 card slots that support two Type II or  
one Type III PC cards  
32-bit CardBus PCI local bus technology / Supports mixed  
voltage PC cards (5V and 3.3V)  
I/O Port  
Includes the following standard I/O ports:  
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1 x 9-pin Serial Port (COM1)  
1 x 25-pin Printer Port (LPT1)  
1 x DC-in Jack  
1 x mini-DIN 6-pin PS/2 Port (K/B or Mouse)  
1 x 15-pin VGA Port (CRT)  
2 x standard USB 1.1 Ports  
1 x RCA TV-Out  
1 x IEEE1394 Port (Reserved)  
1 x IR Port (Reserved)  
Audio System  
16-bit full-duplex sound controller with Woofer (heavy bass) voice  
output, software wavetable function, and FM stereo synthesizer.  
Compatible with Sound Blaster and Sound Blaster Pro  
Integrated 2-way high quality paper cone stereo speakers (>1W)  
with sound boxes and mono microphone  
Supports optional Audio-DJ to play audio CD like CD player  
without powering on the whole computer.  
Includes the following:  
9
9
Microphone-in jack (MIC-IN)  
Headphone / Audio line-out jack (S/PDIF OUT)  
Volume thumb-wheel knob control  
1-2  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
Features  
Description  
Power System  
Universal Auto-switching 60W/65W AC Adapter (100V – 240V) /  
Auto-charging capability  
Rechargeable Ni-MH (4500mAh/9.6V) / Li-Ion (3800mAh/14.4V)  
Battery Pack  
Battery Life: 2 ~ 2.5 hours (Power Management Off)  
Charging Time: 2.5 ~ 3 hours quick charge (computer off)  
ACPI 1.0B Ready  
Power  
Management  
SMM (Intel System Management Mode) fully supported  
Gelöscht: / Auto  
Suspend-to-RAM and Suspend-to-Disk feature Suspend hot-key  
function / Battery Low Auto Suspend  
Cover Switch (Suspend/CRT-only) function  
LED Indicator  
8 x LED Status Indicators for Power Source, Battery Charge, E-  
Mail, IDE, FDD, Caps Lock, Scroll Lock, Num Lock (LCD x 3 +  
Machine Base x 5)  
Optional Module  
56Kbps Fax / Data Internal Modem with V.90 support  
10 Base-T / 100 Base-TX LAN Mini PCI  
Combo Modem / LAN Mini-PCI  
Bluetooth Module  
DVD-ROM Device Pack  
CD-RW Device Pack  
Combo DVD / CD-RW Device Pack  
Audio DJ Panel  
USB Port Replicator  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.3 System Configuration  
Intel FC-PGA  
Celeron / Pentium III  
LCD  
CRT  
LVDS  
GTL_BUS  
VIA Twister  
SDRAM  
+ S3 Savage4  
1394  
TV-OUT  
TV-Encodec  
PCI_BUS  
VT82C686B  
Mini  
PCI  
CardBus  
O2Micro OZ6933  
CODEC  
AD1886  
IDE  
Audio DJ (OZ168)  
CD-ROM  
Slot 0  
Combo  
LAN  
Amp  
MIC  
USB 0  
USB 1  
BlueTooth  
MODEM  
Headphone  
S/PDIF  
Serial  
FDD  
Parallel  
ISA_BUS  
PMU07  
KBC  
PS/2  
Flash ROM  
KB  
Figure 1-1  
System Configuration Diagram  
1-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.4 Quick Tour of the Notebook  
Please take a moment to become familiar with the location and purpose of every control, the  
LED status panel, connectors and ports, which are illustrated in this section. It is  
recommended to first go through the User Guide of the notebook, which is shipped together  
with the notebook for information on how to operate its features.  
1.4.1 Inside the Notebook  
To open the LCD cover of the notebook, find the cover latch located at the front center of the  
LCD cover. Push the latch to the right to release and tilt the LCD cover up. Inside, you will  
see the LCD display panel, keyboard, touch pad, status LED, and power switch.  
Figure 1-2  
Color LCD Display Panel  
Inside the Notebook  
The notebook comes with several LCD option sizes at SVGA (800x600) or XGA (1024x768)  
active-matrix TFT color liquid crystal display (LCD). The LCD can be a 12.1” TFT (Thin  
Film Transistor) color LVDS with 800x600 SVGA (Super Video Graphics Array) resolution  
panels, or 13.3” or 14.1” TFT color LVDS with 1024x768 XGA (Extended Graphics Array)  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
resolution panels. You can adjust and tilt (up to 180o) the LCD screen panel to your desired  
viewing position.  
The notebook uses S3 4X AGP VGA graphics controller that owns maximum 32MB video  
memory with SMA technology. All LCD models can support 16M colors or maximum 32-bit  
true color at 1024x768 resolution. The notebook also supports simultaneous display of the  
LCD with the external VGA monitor.  
The LCD screen also uses CCFT (Cold Cathode Fluorescent Tube) backlighting which  
consumes much of the electrical power of the notebook. To save battery power, the system  
has an advanced power management feature that switches off the LCD when there is no  
system activity for a predetermined amount of time.  
You adjust the brightness level of the LCD by pressing the display control hot-keys. You  
activate the hot-keys by pressing the <Fn> key along with another function key:  
<Fn> + <F8> Key = Increases the brightness of the LCD display  
<Fn> + <F9> Key = Decreases the brightness of the LCD display  
Easy Buttons  
There are three easy buttons, two use for accessing Internet and e-mail functions instantly and  
easily, the other one lets you define certain functions by yourself. Descriptions of the easy  
buttons appear in the latter part of this section.  
Figure 1-3  
Easy Button  
Internet Button  
This technology is designed specifically for providing a very convenient way  
in connecting Internet only by pressing Internet button as shown in the  
graphics. For more understanding and interesting, you can refer Section 2.5  
of user manual to recognize the driver installation procedures in activating  
Internet button.  
E-mail Button  
This is the most convenient way to access the outlook utility just by pressing  
this button. You can simplify several procedures in entering into Microsoft  
Outlook environment.  
1-6  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
User-Defined Button  
You can define this button to activate command file (like execution file or  
batch file) by yourself.  
Power Button  
Press the Power button either to power on or power off the system. The Power button is also a  
“Smart” switch, meaning that it recognizes when the system is in Suspend mode. If in  
Suspend mode, pressing the Power button will bring it out of Suspend mode and resume to  
the system’s last state. You can set the function of power button from the power management  
setting in Windows Control Panel. Always check the Power LED after pressing the power  
button to know the power status of the notebook.  
L
If you are unable to power off the system, use the power override function. Press  
the power button and hold it in place for four seconds. The system will then  
power off.  
Glide Pad Pointing Device  
Built in just below the keyboard panel is the glide pad pointing device. The left and right  
select buttons of the glide pad is found below the glide pad surface. The left select button is  
configured (by default) as the left button you normally click on the mouse while the select  
key to the right is configured as the right button. The scroll button makes it easy to browse  
upwards or downwards in the software screen.  
To move cursor, place your finger lightly on the glide pad and move in the desired direction.  
If you reach the end of the pad, lift your finger and place it back down on the other side.  
The glide pad is compatible with the standard PS/2 mouse and can be activated using the  
normal DOS or Windows PS/2 mouse driver. You can also disable the glide pad in the BIOS  
Setup program.  
L
You can execute a left button click function by simply tapping on the glide pad  
surface once. Refer to the User Guide of the notebook for more information.  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
Power Status LED Indicator  
Located just in front of the palmrest assembly, you will find three LEDs for the power and  
battery charge status. These LEDs are positioned to be visible even if the LCD cover is  
closed.  
Figure 1-4  
Power Status LED Indicator  
1. Power Indicator – lets you know if power to the system is turned on and if system is in  
Suspend-to-RAM mode. This LED is positioned so that you can see it on both sides  
whether the LCD panel is opened or closed.  
Lights green when the system is powered on using the AC adapter or battery.  
Lights green blinking when in Suspend to RAM (or Suspend to Disk) if you  
already created Save to Disk partition/file in HDD mode and critically low  
battery power. We strongly recommend that users create the partition/file "Save  
to Disk" as this will prevent your data from loss when power is critically low.  
Lights orange when the battery power is low.  
2. Battery Charging LED – lights to indicate battery in charging status.  
Lights green to indicate the battery is charging.  
Lights off to indicate the battery is fully charged or no battery installed.  
3. Mail LED – Lights green to indicate that a new mail is arrived.  
Status LED Panel  
The Status LED Panel keeps you informed of the notebook’s current operating status. Each  
LED is marked with an icon to designate a system status.  
Figure 1-5  
Status LED Panel Icons  
1-8  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
Icon  
Represents  
Indicates  
IDE Drive  
Access  
This LED will turn on when the system is accessing the hard  
disk drive (HDD) or CD-ROM / DVD-ROM / CD-RW.  
n
Diskette Drive This LED will turn on when the system is accessing the floppy  
o
p
Access  
disk drive (FDD).  
Caps Lock  
This LED will turn on when the Caps Lock key is activated.  
When activated, all alphabet keys typed in will be in upper  
case or in capital letters.  
Scroll Lock  
Num Lock  
This LED will turn on when the Scroll Lock key is activated.  
q
r
This LED will turn on when the Num Lock key is activated.  
When activated, the embedded numeric keypad (blue print  
numeric keys) will be enabled.  
Keyboard Panel  
Standard QWERTY-key layout and full-sized 87/90 keys keyboard with Windows  
hot-keys, embedded numeric keypad, hot keys, inverted “T” cursor arrow keys,  
and separate page screen control keys.  
Wide extra space below the keyboard panel for your wrist or palm to sit-on  
comfortably during typing. (The keypad F4, F5, F7 on the following keyboard  
should no words print on it.)  
Figure 1-6  
Keyboard Layout  
The notebook keyboard is a little bit different from a standard desktop keyboard. Aside  
from the normal alphanumeric characters and the standard keyboard function keys, the  
notebook keyboard includes an embedded numeric keypad, and special function keys that  
activates by pressing the <Fn> key together with another key. These special function keys  
or “hot-keys” allow you to control and adjust some of the functions of the notebook like  
display controls, power saving features, and others.  
(1) Function Keys — These function keys, out of <F1> through <F12>, are available on  
the notebook keyboard. These keys also work together with the <Fn> key to activate  
special functions. The following function-key combinations are pre-programmed:  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
Hot Key  
Fn + F3  
Function  
Handler  
Toggle Display (LCD/CRT/Simul)  
Display stretching  
Speaker On/Off  
BIOS Handler  
Fn + F5  
BIOS Handler  
Fn + F6  
BIOS Handler  
Fn + F8  
Brightness Increase  
Brightness Decrease  
Controlled by PMU07  
Controlled by PMU07  
Fn + F9  
Fn + F12  
Fn + Power button  
System Suspend to disk  
BIOS Handler  
(2) Control keys <Ctrl>, <Alt>, <Fn>, and <Shift> keys are controls used in  
conjunction with other keys to change their functions. To use control keys, press and  
hold the control key while pressing another key. For example, “Press <Ctrl>+ <C>”  
means to hold down the <Ctrl> key and type the letter <C>.  
(3) Windows keys (Windows Start Menu Key) Use this key to activate the Start  
Menu of Windows.  
(4) Shortcut/Application key – provides quick access to shortcut menus. (This key acts  
like a right mouse button.)  
(5) Cursor Control keys – Cursor control keys let you position the cursor on the screen  
where you want. On the screen, the cursor is a blinking underline, block, or vertical  
bar depending on the application.  
(6) Typewriter keys – Typewriter keys (also called alphanumeric keys) are used to enter  
text and characters. Keys with blue print on them behave differently when combined  
with control keys or the <Fn> key.  
(7) Numeric Keypad – Pressing <NumLock> on the keyboard activates the embedded  
numeric keypad numbers and functions printed in blue on top of the keys. When you  
press <NumLock> again, the keys revert to their normal functions as typewriter keys.  
Figure 1-7  
Embedded Numeric Keypad  
Integrated Microphone  
This allows you to instantly record voice annotations (normally saved as WAV files) and later  
attached them to documents and presentation using the notebook integrated audio system and  
application software. Since the notebook also supports full-duplex audio capabilities, you can  
talk to the microphone and at the same time listen to others talk when connected to a  
speakerphone modem, Internet live chat, or video conferencing.  
1-10  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.4.2 Front Side of the Notebook  
Figure 1-8  
Front Side of the Notebook  
Woofer  
These speakers produce heavy bass voice output for music listening.  
Built-in Stereo Speakers  
At the front left and right sides of the base unit are two built-in stereo mini speakers with  
sound boxes. The speakers are controlled by the audio controller of the notebook and  
activated by installing the audio driver. For adjusting the volume of the speakers, you can use  
the volume control program under Microsoft OS or by adjusting the thumb-wheel volume  
knob also found on the left side of the notebook.  
Lock On / Off Switch  
This Lock Switch executes two functions as to power on/off the Audio DJ CD player and to  
lock or unlock the Audio DJ status. To power on or off the Audio DJ CD player, slide the  
switch right aside. To lock or unlock the status of your Audio DJ, slide the switch left aside.  
When your Audio DJ is in locking status while the music is playing, no matter what button is  
pressed, the music still continues to play. The function of this switch is to prevent you from  
touching any button accidentally.  
Remind Button  
Press the button for reverting to previous music. Press and hold this button to fast rewind the  
audio CD.  
Cover Switch  
The Cover Switch is found inside the notebook assembly just underneath the latch opening  
where you insert the LCD cover hook. Whenever the LCD cover is closed, it activates the  
Suspend mode or switches the display to CRT if there is an external monitor connected.  
L
When Suspend-to-RAM mode is activated, make sure not to leave the system  
for a long period when running at battery mode. The battery will continue to drain  
some power even in Suspend mode. It is better to save all files and shutdown  
the power instead or run Suspend-to-Disk mode.  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
Audio-DJ Display  
The display shows the number of the music currently playing.  
Forward Button  
Press the button for playing the next music. Press and hold this button to fast forward the  
audio CD  
Stop Button  
Press the button to stop the music.  
Play Button  
Press the button to play the music.  
L
The function of Audio DJ can be workable either in Windows system or operate it  
without powering on the computer. For execute this function, you should first  
install the Easy Button driver. Please refer to Section 5 of Chapter 2 of user  
manual for installation procedures. However, if your OS is Windows 98, you  
should download and install the "Windows Media Player 7" from Microsoft's  
Website to activate this function.  
1.4.3 The Right Side of the Notebook  
The right side of the notebook computer offers the features shown in the following figure.  
Figure 1-9  
Right Side of the Notebook  
BlueTooth LED  
The LED is light when you activate with the Bluetooth function.  
PCMCIA Slot Compartment  
The PCMCIA slot compartment houses two card slots that support two PCMCIA Type II  
cards at the same time or one Type III card. The notebook uses a CardBus PCMCIA  
controller that supports 5V and 3V 32-bit CardBus and 16-bit PC cards. The PCMCIA slot  
1-12  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
compartment comes with vertical sliding doors so you can directly insert the PC card. If you  
are using a Type III card, insert the Type III card into the top slot.  
To remove the inserted PC card, slightly push the button found on the right side of the PC slot  
to release the eject button. Then push it again to release the PC card. The upper left button  
releases the card on the top slot while the lower right button releases the card on the bottom  
slot. When the PC card has moved out a space out of the slot, hold the edges of the card and  
slowly slide it out.  
L
L
For full functionality of PC cards, always ask for the latest driver from your  
PCMCIA card dealer or download it from their Internet website.  
For network PC cards, you need first to stop the device under the PC Card  
properties of Windows Control Panel. Otherwise, this may cause system hang or  
system fatal error.  
IR Port  
Wireless data transfer of files between your notebook computer and an IR-equipped device or  
notebook computer. You can also print to an IR-equipped printer without using cables. The  
SIR mode provides up to 115.2Kbps of data transfer rate.  
Thumb-Wheel Volume Control  
The notebook includes a thumb-wheel volume knob to easily adjust the volume level of the  
built-in speakers or the external earphone/headphone set.  
Headphone Jack  
This jack (1/8-inch mini-jack) allows you to connect an external headphone, earphone, or  
powered speakers for personal listening.  
L
L
Turn the volume level down first before placing the earphone or headphone set  
into your ear. Then adjust the volume according to your listening level.  
If you get noise feedback on the external speaker, try to lower down the volume  
knob on the speaker and adjust the volume using the notebook’s volume control  
buttons or the software.  
Microphone Jack  
The microphone jack (1/8-inch mini-jack) allows you to connect an external microphone with  
600-ohm dynamic in place of the built-in microphone of the notebook for monophonic sound  
recording directly into your notebook computer. The external microphone provides lesser  
recording noise compared to the built-in microphone of the notebook.  
L
Plugging in an external microphone disables the internal microphone.  
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Ports  
The USB (Universal Serial Bus) Port is a port with the symbol  
. This 4-pin slim port allows  
you to connect multiple USB devices through daisy chaining or through a USB hub and use them  
all simultaneously. The USB specification states it can support up to 127 USB devices running at  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
up to 12Mbps. This notebook provides two USB ports.  
L
When you resume the system from suspend mode, the USB port may not  
initialize properly. If in case the USB device does not work, unplug and plug the  
USB device again. This is a known bug released by Intel and Microsoft  
Windows.  
PS/2 Port  
Use the standard PS/2 port to connect an external PS/2-style mouse, PS/2-style keyboard, or  
PS/2 style Numeric Keypad to the system. With a Y-cable adapter which user can purchase at  
local electronic store, user can connect any combination of two of these devices at the same  
time. For non-PS/2 keyboard, you need to use a keyboard adapter that converts the DIN-type  
connector to PS/2 connector.  
Air Inhalant  
Inhale the air into your computer to keep it within operating temperature.  
L
Do not block the fan while the notebook is in use.  
1.4.4 The Left Side of the Notebook  
Figure 1-10  
Locking Device Keyhole  
Right Side of the Notebook  
Lets you attach a Kensington security system or a compatible lock to secure your notebook  
computer.  
CD-ROM / DVD-ROM / CD-RW Drive  
The notebook comes with a standard 24X+ speed ATAPI IDE CD-ROM drive that supports  
all major CD formats like CD-R, Photo CD, and Video CD. The drive utilizes a pop-out tray  
loading mechanism and supports bootable CD by setting the BIOS Setup program. Refer to  
Chapter 2 of User Manual on how to install the CD-ROM driver. The notebook also comes  
with the 8X+ speed DVD-ROM drive or 4X+ speed CD-RW driver options.  
Floppy Diskette Drive (FDD)  
The built-in 3.5 inch FDD allows you to use any standard double-sided high-density (DSHD)  
1-14  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
diskette for copying and transferring data files. In the BIOS Setup program of the notebook,  
you also could disable the FDD option or set a password option when accessing the drive.  
1.4.5 The Rear Side of the Notebook  
Figure 1-11  
Rear Side of the Notebook  
AC Power Port  
Lets you attach the notebook to the AC power source using the AC adapter that comes with  
your system. Keep the system connected to AC power whenever possible to keep the battery  
pack and internal CMOS battery charged. The Battery Charge LED will activate whenever  
the battery is being recharged.  
Printer Port (LPT1)  
The printer port lets you connect a 25-pin parallel device such as printer, ZIP drive, or remote  
data transfer cable. Many operating systems and software applications refer to this port as  
LPT1. You can run the BIOS setup program to change the configuration of the parallel port to  
Uni-directional, ECP or EPP mode.  
L
The default setting for the parallel port on your notebook computer is set to EPP  
mode. Some parallel devices may not function with the default setting. You need  
to run the BIOS Setup program to adjust the settings.  
TV-Out Port  
Lets you connect to a RCA TV connector for presentation or VCD, DVD watching.  
Air-Outlet Vent  
Emits the heat out of your computer and keeps it within operating temperature.  
VGA Port (CRT)  
The VGA port lets you connect an external VGA (CRT) monitor to the notebook. You can  
also run the LCD and the external CRT monitor display simultaneously; or switch it to CRT  
only using the function hot-key (Fn+F3). When switch to CRT only, you can set the display  
resolution up to 1280x1024 at 16M colors (32-bit true color).  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
Series Port (COM 1)  
The 9-pin serial port provides a serial interface to which you can connect an RS-232C device  
such as external serial mouse or modem. This port is commonly referred to as COM1.  
L
L
When connecting an external serial mouse, you must first power off the system  
before connecting the external mouse. It can auto-detect the serial mouse  
hardware and run both glide pad and serial mouse simultaneously.  
Whenever using an external mouse in place of the built-in glide pad, it is  
recommended to switch the mouse driver to the default standard Microsoft  
mouse driver.  
LAN Port  
If you purchase an internal 10Base-T/100Base-TX LAN module, it connects your computer to  
other computers/networks through a local area network (LAN).  
Modem Port  
The modem port provides a reserve jack for installing an internal modem with RJ-11 jack.  
The internal modem is a 56Kbps-fax/data PCI modem and supports the latest V.90 standard  
and sort of a PCI add-in card reduced into a smaller compact form. The internal module uses  
mini-PCI technology and is inserted into the mini-PCI socket found on the underside of the  
notebook. It keeps you connected to the outside world through networks.  
IEEE1394 Port  
IEEE 1394 port is a high speed I/O port that can transfer high levels of data in real-time, such  
as external hard disk, Digital Video Camera.  
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Ports  
The USB (Universal Serial Bus) Port is a port with the symbol  
. This 4-pin slim port allows  
you to connect multiple USB devices through daisy chaining or through a USB hub and use them  
all simultaneously. The USB specification states it can support up to 127 USB devices running at  
up to 12Mbps. This notebook provides two USB ports.  
L
When you resume the system from suspend mode, the USB port may not  
initialize properly. If in case the USB device does not work, unplug and plug the  
USB device again. This is a known bug released by Intel and Microsoft  
Windows.  
1-16  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.4.6 The Under Side of the Notebook  
Figure 1-12  
Tilt Foot (Left and Right)  
Under Side of the Notebook  
Allow you to tilt the rear of the notebook upward to provide flexible keyboard angle for more  
comfortable typing.  
Memory Compartment  
Found on the underside of the notebook is the memory compartment. Underneath the cover  
are two 144-pin SODIMM memory slots for inserting and upgrading the system memory  
using 64MB, 128MB, or 256MB SODIMM. The notebook uses PC-100/133 SDRAM  
modules for faster memory access. You can upgrade the total memory up to 512MB. One is  
inserted with a SDRAM configured by the factory. The other is empty for upgrade use. Refer  
to Chapter 7 on how to upgrade the system memory.  
Battery Release Latch  
Also found on the underside of the notebook is the battery bay latch. To remove the battery  
pack, you need to push this latch to the left end and at the same time pull the battery pack.  
Battery Bay  
The battery bay stores the Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) or Nickel Metal-Hydride (NiMH) battery pack for  
off-the-cord operation. The battery pack is instantly charge whenever you connect the AC adapter  
to the notebook. It is very important to always have the battery installed on the notebook to have it  
always charged and conditioned by the AC adapter.  
Mini-PCI Socket Compartment  
This compartment provides the mini-PCI socket for inserting optional built-in Modem, LAN,  
or Combo card. Refer to Chapter 2 of User Manual for installing the Modem module.  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.5 Notebook Accessories and System Options  
It is also important to understand the accessories that come along with the notebook and the  
options for fully utilizing the capabilities of the computer. This section describes briefly what  
these accessories and options are.  
1.5.1 AC Adapter and Power Cord  
The AC Adapter supplies external power to your computer and at the same time charges the  
internal battery pack. The AC adapter has an auto-switching design that can connect to any  
100VAC ~ 240VAC power outlets. Connect the adapter to the AC wall outlet using the power  
cord. You just change the power cord if you are going to use your notebook in other countries  
with different connector outlets. When you connect the AC adapter, it charges the battery  
whether or not the notebook computer is powered on. There is an LED on the AC adapter to  
indicate if DC power is already available.  
1.5.2 Battery Pack  
Aside from the AC adapter, your computer can also be powered through the removable  
battery pack. The battery pack uses rechargeable Nickel Metal-Hydride (NiMH) or Lithium-  
Ion (Li-Ion) battery cells that can run for 2 to 2.5 hours when fully charged and power  
management enabled. Recharging the battery takes around 2.5 to 3 hours when the computer  
is off.  
You should always leave the battery inside your computer even when using the AC adapter as  
it also acts as back-up power supply in case power from the AC adapter is cut off. It is also  
very important to have the battery pack always charged to prevent battery cell degradation. If  
the AC adapter is not connected or not available, and the notebook is not going to be used for  
some period, it is advisable to remove the battery pack from the notebook to prevent any  
current leak.  
1.5.3 Internal Modem Module  
The notebook allows you to insert a proprietary internal 56Kbps-modem card to the notebook  
found on the underside of the notebook. The internal modem card supports only fax and data  
communication and is V.90-compliant. You connect the telephone line to the RJ-11 jack  
found on the rear side of the notebook.  
1.5.4 Internal Ethernet LAN Module  
This notebook comes with an optional 10Base-T/100Base-TX LAN module that supports data  
transfer rates at 10Mbps and can be up to 100Mbps.  
1.5.5 DVD-ROM Drive  
Other than the internal CD-ROM drive, the notebook also provides optional factory built-in  
DVD-ROM drive. DVD-ROM drives are also backward compatible with CD-ROM, so you  
can also use any audio CDs, video CDs, photo CDs, and CD-R. Using a software MPEG-  
2/DVD program, the notebook can playback any commercial DVD movie titles.  
1.5.6 CD-RW Drive  
This device pack can write data to CD-R or CD-RW CD for you to backup the data.  
1-18  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.5.7 Audio-DJ  
This notebook comes with optional built-in Audio DJ panel. It can play your Audio CD like  
the CD player without powering on the whole computer.  
1.5.8 Blue Tooth Module  
This notebook is ready for Bluetooth technology. This is a wireless connection standard in a  
short-range radio technology. It aims at simplifying communication between each device with  
bluetooth module. Bluetooth is in essence a “personal-area network” technology for  
connecting computers to peripherals and mobile phones.  
1.6 System BIOS SETUP Program  
The notebook uses the Phoenix BIOS (Basic Input-Output System) Setup program that allows  
you to set several system configurations in changing the way the system performs. This  
includes your system time and date, disk drive configuration, I/O device controls, boot drive  
sequence, and power management settings. The information is then stored in the CMOS RAM  
chip and will remain permanent unless you change it again. The notebook also uses EPROM  
Flash BIOS that allows you to update the system BIOS by simply overwriting it using the  
Phoenix Flash programming utility.  
Before boot-up, the system will read the BIOS settings and compare them to the equipment  
check conducted during the POST (Power-On Self-Test). As the POST (Power-On Self Test)  
executes during the boot up process or if an error occurs, an error message will be displayed  
on the screen, the screen will display the following message: ”Press <F2> to Enter SETUP”.  
You will then be prompted to run the BIOS Setup Program by pressing the <F2> key to run  
the BIOS Setup program.  
The BIOS Setup program is organized into five menus which you can select using the Å and  
Æ keys. To move from one option to another, you use the up and down arrow keys while  
using the <F5> and <F6>, or <+>and <-> keys to change the settings. On the right hand side  
of the screen are some brief help descriptions of each item you want to change.  
On the BIOS Setup program, you will find the following parts on the screen:  
Menu Bar - found on the top line of the screen. Each of the five items has a separate  
menu screen.  
Parameters - found on the left side of the screen. This area lists the parameters and  
their current settings.  
Item Specific Help - found on the right side of the screen. This area describes each  
parameter and its available settings.  
Key Status Bar- the bottom part of the screen. These lines display the keys available  
to move the cursor, select a particular function and so forth.  
To exit the BIOS Setup program, simply press the <Esc> key and select from the Exit menu  
whether you want to Save changes and exit; Discard Changes and exit.  
The following table lists the keys on how to edit and move around the setup menus inside.  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
KEY  
<F1>  
↑ ↓  
WHAT IT DOES  
Shows on-line help on key functions.  
Moves the cursor between the displayed parameters.  
Modifies the current parameter settings.  
Load default configuration.  
- / +  
<F9>  
Esc  
Exits the current menu and returns to the main menu or go directly to  
the Exit menu.  
ÅÆ  
Changes between displayed menus.  
<Enter>  
For some parameter settings, select and moves the cursor between  
the sub-menu. Also moves the cursor to the next line or selection.  
<F10>  
Save changes and exit.  
L
Some information here may not be available or different from other date code  
versions of the notebook BIOS. Always check for the latest BIOS update from  
the FIC Internet homepage. ftp://pcg.fic.com.tw/NBTECH  
1.6.1 Using the Main Menu  
The BIOS Setup Main Menu contains the settings for system time and date, and disk drives as  
well as CPU and system memory information.  
PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility  
Main  
Advanced  
Security  
Boot  
Exit  
Item Specific Help  
System Time:  
System Date:  
Language:  
[12:00:00]  
[01/01/2001]  
<Tab>, <Shift-Tab>, or  
<Enter> selects field  
[English  
(US)]  
Diskette A:  
Internal HDD  
[1.44/1.25 MB 3½”]  
[20004MB]  
4
Internal DVD/CD-ROM  
Installed  
Boot Display Device:  
[Both]  
System Memory  
Extended Memory  
CPU Type  
640 KB  
262143 KB  
Pentium® III  
1000 MHz  
CPU Speed  
BIOS Version  
1.0A-0003-3330  
F1 Help  
Esc Exit  
Select Item -/+  
Change Values  
F9 Setup Defaults  
K‚  
Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit  
st  
4
Figure 1-13  
BIOS Setup Main Menu  
1-20  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
System Time–Allows you to change the system time using the  
hour:minute:second format of the computer. Enter the current time for reach field  
and use the <Tab>, <Shift>+<Tab>, or <Enter> key to move from one field or back  
to another. You can also change the system time from your operating system.  
System Date– This field lets you set the system date using the month/date/year  
format. Enter the current time for reach field and use the <Tab>, <Shift>+<Tab>, or  
<Enter> key to move from one field or back to another. You can also change the  
system time from your operating system.  
Language– This field allows you to select the display language for the BIOS by  
the <Tab>, <Shift>+<Tab>, or <Enter> key to move from one field or back to  
another..  
Diskette Drive A– This field allows you to enable or disable the built-in 1.44  
3½ ” Diskette by pressing the <Enter> key.  
Internal HDD– This field displays various parameters for the hard disk drive. If  
type [Auto] is selected, the system automatically sets these parameters. If type  
[User] is selected, Cylinders, Heads and Sectors can be edited.  
Internal DVD/CD-ROM –This field is for information only as the BIOS  
automatically detects the internal CD-ROM or DVD-ROM Drive.  
Boot Display Device– This field allows you to set the output boot display to  
the LCD, CRT, or Both.  
System Memory, Extended Memory, CPU Type, CPU Speed and  
BIOS Version– These fields are for information only as the BIOS automatically  
detects related values during Power-On Self-Test (POST).  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
Internal HDD Sub-Menu  
PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility  
Main  
Internal HDD [10056MB]  
Item Specific Help  
Type:  
[Auto]  
[16383]  
[16]  
User = you enter  
Parameters of hard-disk  
Drive installed at this  
Connection.  
Cylinders:  
Heads:  
Sectors:  
[63]  
Maximum Capacity:  
10056MB  
Auto = autotypes  
Hard-disk drive  
Multi-Sector Transfers:  
[16 Sectors]  
[Enabled]  
Installed here  
LBA Mode Control:  
32 Bit I/O:  
1-39 = you select  
pre-determined type of  
[Disabled]  
Transfer Mode:  
SMART Monitoring:  
Ultra DMA Mode:  
[FPIO 4 / DMA 2] hard-disk drive  
Enabled  
Install here.  
[Mode 4]  
CD-ROM = a CD-ROM drive  
is installed here.  
ATAPI Removable =  
Removable disk drive is  
installed here  
F1 Help  
Select Item /+  
Change Values  
F9  
Setup Defaults  
K‚  
Esc Exit  
Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit  
ÅÆ  
Figure 1-14  
Internal HDD/CD-ROM Sub-Menu  
1-22  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.6.2 Using the Advanced Menu  
The Advanced Menu allows you to configure the OS and I/O device settings.  
PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility  
Main  
Advanced  
Security  
Boot  
Exit  
Item Specific Help  
PS/2 Mouse  
[Enabled]  
[Enabled]  
[Enabled]  
[8 Mb]  
LCD Panel View Expansion-  
Silent Boot:  
‘Disabled’ prevents any  
installed PS/2 mouse  
from functioning, but  
frees up IRQ 12.  
Frame Buffer Size:  
I/O Device Configuration  
4
‘Enabled’ allows the  
operating system to  
determine whrther to  
Enable or disable the  
mouse.  
F1 Help  
Select Item -/+ Change Values  
F9 Setup Defaults  
K‚  
Esc Exit  
Select Menu EnterSelect Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit  
Figure 1-15 BIOS Setup Advanced Menu  
st  
PS/2 Mouse– [Disabled] prevents any installed PS/2 mouse from functioning,  
but frees up IRQ12. [Both] allows both internal and external PS/2 mouse to be  
active. [Auto] will only allow the external PS/2 mouse to be active if it is detected.  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
LCD Panel View Expansion-  
Silent Boot– Select boot screen during POST.  
Gelöscht: <#>Local BUS IDE  
adapter– Enable the integrated local bus  
IDE adapter.¶  
Frame Buffer Size– Allows you to select sharing VGA memory size from  
SDRAM. If you want to play DVD with Power DVD, please set the size of VGA  
frame buffer size to 16MB or 32MB and enable Hardware accelerator function  
under Power DVD.  
Formatiert  
I/O Device Configuration – Lets you configure input/output device such  
as Serial Port, Parallel Port, and Floppy disk controller.  
PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility  
Advanced  
I/O Device Configuration  
Item Specific Help  
Configure serial port  
using options:  
Serial port A:  
[Enabled]  
[3F8 IRQ4]  
[Enabled]  
[IrDA]  
Base I/O address  
Infrared port:  
Mode:  
[Disabled]  
No configuration  
Base I/O address  
Parallel port:  
Mode:  
[2F8 IRQ3]  
[Enabled]  
[EPP]  
[Enabled]  
User configuration  
Base I/O address  
Floppy disk controller:  
[378]  
[Enabled]  
[Auto]  
BIOS or OS chooses  
configuration  
F1 Help  
Esc Exit  
Select Item -/+  
Change Values  
F9  
Setup Defaults  
K‚  
Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit  
st  
Figure 1-16 I/O Device Configuration Sub-Menu  
1-24  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
L
If you disable a device in BIOS Setup, you cannot enable or assign it using the  
Windows (98 or 2000) Device Manager. The device is not listed in the Windows  
device list. You need to select any setting other than “Disable” in Setup.  
Serial PortA – You can press <Enter> to select Enabled, Disabled, or Auto  
option for enabled or disabled this port, or automatically sensed the address  
assignment by BIOS or OS. When you set the configured parallel port to Enabled  
rather than Auto, you should also set the parameter of Base I/O address for this port.  
Infrared Port– You can press <Enter> to select Enabled, Disabled, or Auto  
option for enabled or disabled this port, or automatically sensed the address  
assignment by BIOS or OS. When you set the configured parallel port to Enabled  
rather than Auto, you should also set the parameter of Base I/O address for this port.  
Parallel Port– Allows you to press <Enter> to select the Enabled, Disabled,  
or Auto option for enabled or disabled this port, or automatically sensed the address  
assignment by BIOS or OS.  
Mode– Allows you to press <Enter> to select a parallel mode as Uni-directional,  
EPP, or ECP when the parallel port is configured. When you set the configured  
parallel port to Enabled rather than Auto, you should also set the parameter of Base  
I/O address for this port.  
Floppy Disk Controller–Allows you to press <Enter> to select the  
Enabled or Disabled option for configured or not configured the floppy disk  
controller.  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.6.3 Using the Security Menu  
The Security menu allows you to set the system password as well as disk-protection security.  
PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility  
Main  
Advanced  
Security  
Boot  
Exit  
Item Specific Help  
Set Supervisor Password  
Set User Password  
[Enter]  
[Enter]  
Supervisor Password  
controls access to the  
setup utility.  
Password on boot:  
Fixed disk boot sector:  
Diskette access:  
[Disabled]  
[Normal]  
[Supervisor]  
F1 Help  
Esc Exit  
Select Item -/+  
Change Values  
F9 Setup Defaults  
K‚  
Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit  
st  
Figure 1-17  
BIOS Setup Security Menu  
Set Supervisor Password– Specifies if the system prompts you to enter a  
password when entering Setup.  
Set User Password– Specifies if the system prompts you to enter a password  
when accessing the system. The Set User Password function will be enabled once a  
Supervisor password is set. Enter a new password with up to eight alphanumeric  
characters, and then enter this same new password again for confirmation.  
Password on boot– Enables password check when booting.  
Fixed disk boot sector– [Write Protect] enables write protect boot sector  
on hard disk to prevent against viruses. [Normal] disables this write protect  
function.  
Diskette access– Controls access to diskette drive.  
1-26  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.6.4 Using the Boot Menu  
The Boot menu lets you decide the boot order of booting devices including:  
PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility  
Main  
Advanced  
Security  
Boot  
Exit  
Item Specific Help  
+ Removable Devices  
+ Hard Drive  
Use <K> or <> to  
ATAPI CD-ROM Drive  
select a device, then  
press <+> or <-> to  
move the device up or  
down.  
<Enter> expends or  
Collapses device.  
<Ctrl+Enter> expends  
all.  
F1 Help  
Esc Exit  
Select Item -/+  
Change Values  
F9 Setup Defaults  
K‚  
Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit  
st  
Figure 1-18  
BIOS Setup Boot Menu  
Removable Devices – put this option on top if you want to boot from a  
bootable floppy diskette (Drive A:\).  
Hard Drive – put this option on top if you want to boot from a bootable hard  
disk drive (Drive C:\)  
ATAPI CD-ROM Drive – put this option on top if you want to boot from a  
bootable CD-ROM like Windows NT /2000 (Drive D:\).  
Network Boot – put this option on top if you want to boot from LAN network  
FIC A360Service Manual  
1-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Outline of the A360  
1.6.5 How to Exit the Setup Program  
There are three choices to escape from the Setup program.  
PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility  
Main  
Advanced  
Security  
Boot  
Exit  
Item Specific Help  
Exit Saving Changes  
Exit Discarding Changes  
Load Setup Defaults  
Discard Changes  
Exit System Setup and  
save your changes to  
CMOS.  
Save Changes  
Battery Refresh  
F1 Help  
Esc Exit  
Select Item -/+  
Change Values  
F9 Setup Defaults  
K‚  
Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit  
st  
Figure 1-19  
BIOS Setup Exit Menu  
Exit Saving Changes– Exits System Setup and saves your changes to  
CMOS.  
Exit Discard Changes– Exits Setup utility without saving Setup data to  
CMOS.  
Load Setup Defaults– Loads the default settings for all items in Setup.  
Discard Changes– Reverts to previously selected settings.  
Save Changes– Saves Setup data to CMOS.  
Battery Refresh– Reactivate the battery.  
1-28  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
2
Installation and Upgrade  
2.1 Overview  
This chapter provides guidelines on installing the device drivers for the built-in features of the  
A360. Most of the driver installation procedures mentioned here are only for Windows 98 /  
Me and Windows 2000. This chapter also includes procedures on how to upgrade major  
internal system components like CPU, memory, hard disk, and feature card modules.  
2.2 Notebook Drivers and Utilities  
The notebook requires several device drivers that you need to install and setup before you can  
fully operate the notebook. These are:  
Phoenix PHDISK Suspend-to-Disk Utility – DOS  
S3 Savage4 (Integrated in Twister) VGA Driver – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
VIA PCI audio (Integrated in VT82C686B) Driver – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
Synaptics Touch Pad Driver – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
O2Micro OZ6933 PCMCIA Driver – Windows 98  
VIA Twister chipset Driver – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
Easy Button Driver – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
Easy Mail Driver – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
The notebook also comes with other option devices that requires driver installation:  
Askey 1456VQL19R-4 Data Fax Modem – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
Ambit Intel 82562EH LAN – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
Askey Combo Modem / LAN – Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
L
Visit FIC Support website ftp://pcg.fic.com.tw/NBTECH/ for the latest driver  
updates.  
2.2.1 Running the PHDISK STD Utility  
The PHDISK utility (version: 4 .32) of the notebook allows you to create a suspend-to-disk  
(STD) file or partition that is used to save the opened files when you activate STD mode and  
power off the computer. If you want to make use of the STD feature under Windows 98, you  
need first to run the PHDISK utility.  
L
Since Windows Me, Windows 2000, or above version would be enabled  
Hibernate Mode in place of suspend-to-disk (STD) Mode, it’s not necessarily to  
run the PHDISK utility.  
Running the PHDISK STD Utility  
Load the notebook driver CD, look for the PHDISK program file, and run PHDISK under  
Safe mode command prompt only in windows system. When you execute “PHDisk.exe”  
first time, the program will ask you to choose one action from (1,2,3,4). Action 1 is “Create  
partition”. Action 2 is “Create File”. Action 3 is “Reboot”. Action 4 is “Exit”. You can use  
either of the following two options for executing PHDISK utility:  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
1. PHDISK /Create /Partition - you can choose to run Suspend-to-Disk and save your  
work into an allocated fixed disk partition. This option should be done before  
partitioning and formatting your hard disk. The advantage of this option is that it is  
more secure since the files are saved in a separate partition and has no risk of being  
deleted. The disadvantage of this is that you need to allocate enough disk partition for  
future memory upgrade. The STD partition should always be larger than the system  
memory RAM.  
2. PHDISK /Create /File - you can also choose to run Suspend-to-Disk and save your  
work into a STD file. You do not need to allocate an extra disk partition when running  
this option. The advantage of this is that you do not need to allocate or waste extra disk  
partition. The disadvantage of this option is that it is less secure since there is risk of  
deleting the STD file although the file is hidden.  
It’s better to choose action 2 to create the SAVE2DSK.BIN file. The program will ask you to  
input the size of this file. You just only input the value according to the suggestion. After  
executing “PHDisk.exe”, you will get some information about the SAVE2DSK.BIN file  
created by PHDISK program. The size of this file will depend on the installed RAM memory  
of your computer. This file also is hidden and has read-only attributes.  
After doing so or executing it next time, the program will ask you to choose one action from  
(1,2,3,4). Action 1 is “Create File”. Action 2 is “Delete File”. Action 3 is “Reboot”. Action 4  
is “Exit”. Choose action 1 to create another SAVE2DSK.BIN file or action 2 to delete it.  
After PHDISK has completed the STD partition, you will be prompted to reboot the system.  
L
Whenever you upgrade the memory, you need to delete the existing STD file and  
create a new one according to the new memory size. Run PHDISK and choose  
action 2 to delete existing STD file.  
2.2.2 Installing Windows 98 / Me / 2000 from CD / DVD ROM  
This section provides Windows 98 / Me / 2000 installation guide from the CD-ROM or DVD-  
ROM device.  
Installing Windows 98 / Me from CD-ROM / DVD-ROM  
The easiest way to install Windows 98 / Me is to boot from Windows 98 start-up disk. With  
Windows 98 / Me start-up disk, you don't need to install CD-ROM driver since the start-up  
disk can support virtually all CD-ROM device. Insert Windows 98 / Me Installation CD into  
CD-ROM drive and run "setup.exe".  
If you don't have Windows 98 / Me start-up disk, you need to install CD-ROM /DVD-ROM  
driver under DOS. Then, insert Windows 98 / Me Installation CD into CD-ROM drive and  
run "setup.exe".  
Installing Windows 2000 from CD-ROM / DVD-ROM  
To install Windows 2000 directly from your CD-ROM, insert the Windows 2000 installation  
CD into CD-ROM drive with following the instructions on the screen to finish the  
installation. You could go to Boot menu of BIOS setup menu to confirm the priority of boot  
device. Use arrow key to select "ATAPI CD-ROM Drive", and then use "+" or "-" to move it  
to the top. Go to Exit menu and select “Exit Saving Changes”.  
2-2  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.2.3 Installing the VGA Device Driver  
Your notebook computer uses the high-performance S3 Savage4 VGA controller, which is an  
AGP 4x video local bus, 2D/3D Graphic Engine. Following is the procedure for installing the  
VGA Driver for Windows 98, Windows Me and Windows 2000:  
Installing VGA Driver for Windows 98  
1. Boot Windows 98 from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the VGA driver for  
Windows 98.  
2. Click the Start button, then click Settings, and Control Panel. Double click System and  
click Device Manager tab. Under Display Adapters, you'll see Standard PCI Graphics  
Adapter (VGA). Select it and double click it.  
3. Choose Driver button and then click Update Driver, Next, and Next again to search for  
the driver.  
4. Tick Specify a location and click Browse button. Then, navigate to  
"\Drivers\Win98\VGA" and click Next.  
5. Click Next to accept the updated driver for S3 Graphics Inc Twister driver.  
6. Click Next to continue with VGA driver installation.  
7. Click Finish to complete installation.  
8. Restart Computer to finish setting up VGA.  
Installing VGA Driver for Windows Me  
1. Boot Windows Me from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the VGA driver for  
Windows Me.  
2. Click the Start button, then click Settings, and Control Panel. Double click System and  
click Device Manager tab. Under Display Adapters, you'll see Standard PCI Graphics  
Adapter (VGA). Select it and double click it.  
3. Choose Driver button and then click Update Driver, Next, and Next again to search for  
the driver.  
4. Select "Specify the location of the driver" and click Next to continue.  
5. Tick on "Specify a location box". Then, click Next and Browse buttons and navigate to  
the VGA driver location as "\Drivers\ WinMe\VGA". Click OK and Next to begin  
searching the driver.  
6. The Update Device Driver Wizard will found S3 Graphics Inc. Twister. Click Next to  
continue installing the driver.  
7. Click Finish button to finish installing VGA driver and Yes to restart the computer.  
Installing VGA Driver for Windows 2000  
1. Click the Start button, then point to Settings, and click Control Panel.  
2. Double-click on the System icon, Hardware, and then click on the Device Manager  
folder tab.  
3. Under the Other Devices line, you will find the Video Controller (VGA compatible),  
and then Scan for Hardware Changes buttons to appear the New Hardware Found  
Message Box.  
4. In the Found New Hardware Wizard message box which shows searching Video  
Controller (VGA compatible) driver. Click Next to proceed the further step.  
5. Select "Search for a suitable driver for my device", and click Next.  
6. Tick on "Specify a location box", then, click Next and Browse buttons, and then  
navigate to the VGA driver location as "\Drivers\ Win2K\VGA".  
7. Click OK and Next to begin searching the driver. The Add New Hardware will found S3  
Graphics Inc. Twister.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
8. Click Next to continue installing the driver.  
9. Click Finish button to finish installing VGA driver and Click Yes to restart the computer.  
2.2.4 Installing the Audio Device Driver  
Your notebook computer uses AD1886 AC97 Codec 2.1 Audio controller.  
Installing Audio Driver for Windows 98  
1. Boot Windows 98 from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the Audio driver for  
Windows 98.  
2. Click Start, Settings, and Control Panel. Double click System and click Device  
Manager tab. Under Other Devices, you'll see PCI Multimedia Audio Device.  
3. Click Refresh button. The Add New Hardware Wizard will detect PCI Multimedia  
Audio Device.  
4. Click Next to search for the driver. Click Next to continue.  
5. Tick Specify a location and click Browse button. Then, navigate to  
"\Drivers\Win98\Audio" and click Next.  
6. Click Next to accept the updated driver for SoundMAX Integrated Digital Audio  
driver.  
7. Click Finish to complete installation. Restart Computer to finish setting up Audio.  
Installing Audio Driver for Windows Me  
1. Boot Windows Me from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the Audio driver for  
Windows Me.  
2. Click Start, Settings, and Control Panel. Double click System and click Device  
Manager tab. Under Other Devices, you'll see PCI Multimedia Audio Device.  
3. Click Refresh button. The Add New Hardware Wizard will detect PCI Multimedia  
Audio Device. Click Next to search for the driver.  
4. Select "Specify the location of the driver" and click Next to continue.  
5. Tick on "Specify a location box", then click Next and Browse buttons and navigate to  
the Audio driver location as "\Drivers\WinMe\ Audio".  
6. Click OK and Next to begin searching the driver. The Update Device Driver Wizard  
will found SoundMAX Integrated Digital Audio. Click Next to continue installing the  
driver.  
7. Click Finish button to finish installing Audio driver and Yes to restart the computer.  
Installing Audio Driver for Windows 2000  
1. Click the Start button, then point to Settings, and click Control Panel.  
2. Double-click on the System icon, Hardware and then click on the Device Manager  
folder tab.  
3. Under the Other Devices line, you will find the Multimedia Audio Controller, and then  
Scan for hardware changes buttons to appear the New Hardware Found Message Box.  
4. In the Found New Hardware Wizard message box which shows searching Multimedia  
Audio Controller driver. Click Next to proceed to the next step.  
5. Select "Search for a suitable driver for my device", and click Next.  
6. Tick on "Specify a location box", then click Next and Browse buttons, and navigate to  
the Audio driver location as "\Drivers\ Win2K\Audio".  
7. Click OK and Next to begin searching the driver. The Add New Hardware will found  
SoundMAX Integrated Digital Audio.  
8. Click Yes to continue installing the driver.  
9. Click Finish button to finish installing Audio driver.  
2-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.2.5 Installing Touch Pad Driver  
Following is the procedure for installing Synaptics touch pad driver.  
Installing Touch Pad Driver for Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
1. Boot Windows from your hard disk and insert the diskette containing touch pad driver.  
2. Click the Start button, then click Run. In the Run dialog box, click Browse button and  
navigate to the directory as "\Driver\Win98\Touch Pad\setup.exe", "WinMe", or  
"Win2K" path according to your Operating System and run "Setup.exe".  
3. Execute the setup program and then select the language for this installation. After that, a  
Welcome dialog box appears.  
4. Click Next continuously three times when the screen appears the Next button.  
5. Click OK to restart your system.  
2.2.6 Installing PCMCIA Driver  
Following is the procedure for installing O2Micro OZ6933 CardBus driver on Windows 98.  
Under Windows Me or Windows 2000, you could use the built-in driver for OZ6933 CardBus  
contoller without any upgrade.  
Installing PCMCIA Driver for Windows 98  
1. Boot Windows from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the chip driver for  
Windows.  
2. Click the Start button and then click Run. In the Run dialog box, click Browse button  
and navigate to the directory as "\Drivers\Win98\PCMCIA\O2setup.exe" where the  
chip driver is located.  
3. Execute the setup program and then the dialog box appears. Click OK to copy necessary  
files to the system.  
4. Finally click Yes to restart the computer to finish the installation.  
2.2.7 Installing Twister Driver  
VIA Video Accelerator 3D Adapter (English version) provides better video performance to  
your computer. For installing the chip driver, please follow the procedures indicated below:  
Installing Twister Driver for Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
1. Boot Windows from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the chip driver for  
Windows.  
2. Click the Start button and then click Run. In the Run dialog box, click Browse button  
and navigate to the directory as "\Drivers\Twis-chip\setup.exe" where the chip driver is  
located.  
3. The system may prompt you the message to restart the computer to finish the installation.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.2.8 Installing Internal Modem Device Driver  
Your notebook computer may come with an optional internal modem. The internal modem is  
a 56Kps V.90 Askey Data Fax modem.  
Installing Internal Modem for Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
Figure 2-1  
Mini-PCI Socket Compartment Door  
1. Locate the modem module socket. Align the notch with the notch in the socket  
connector and insert the module as follows:  
Insert the cable into the modem module.  
Hold the modem module at an angle and align the modem module connector with  
the socket in the system. Push the connector into the socket.  
Press down on the edge of the modem module until the locking tabs on the sides  
snap into place, securing the module.  
Cable  
Figure 2-2  
Mini-PCI Socket Compartment  
2-6  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2. To remove the modem module, press the locking tabs away from the sides of the module  
until the module pops up. Then, remove the modem module.  
3. Reassemble the notebook components as follows:  
Put the Mini-PCI Socket Compartment door back.  
Replace the screw.  
Turn the system over.  
4. Boot Windows from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the Modem driver for  
Windows.  
5. Click the Start button and then click Run. In the Run dialog box, click Browse button  
and navigate to the directory as "\driver\Win98\MODEM\setup.exe" where the  
modem driver is located. . Please change "Win98" to other path named as WinMe,  
Win2K… to fit the operating system you are using.  
6. Click OK to process the installation of modem driver. Follow the instruction to finish  
the installation.  
7. With “Yes, I want to restart my computer now” selected, click Finish to complete the  
modem installation.  
2.2.9 Installing Internal LAN Device Driver  
Your notebook computer may come with an optional internal LAN, which uses the Intel  
82559 chip. Please follow the procedures below for installing the LAN driver:  
Installing Internal LAN for Windows 98  
1. Boot Windows 98 from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the LAN driver for  
Windows 98.  
2. Click the Start button, then click Settings, and Control Panel. Double click System and  
click Device Manager tab. Under Other Devices, you'll see PCI Ethernet Controller.  
3. Click Refresh button. The Add New Hardware Wizard will detect PCI Ethernet  
Controller. Click Next to search for the driver.  
4. Click Next to continue.  
5. Tick Specify a location and click Browse button. Then, navigate to  
"\Drivers\Win98\LAN" and click Next.  
6. Click Next to accept the updated driver for Intel 82559 Fast Ethernet LAN driver.  
7. Click Next to continue with LAN driver installation.  
8. Insert the disk labeled "Windows 98 Second Edition CD-ROM", and then click OK.  
9. Type "\Win98", then click "OK".  
10. Click Finish to complete installation.  
11. Restart Computer to finish setting up LAN.  
Installing Internal LAN for Windows Me  
1. Boot WinMe from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the LAN driver for  
WinMe. The New Hardware Found Message box appears.  
2. You will find the message stated searching PCI Ethernet Controller Device driver  
showed in the Add New Hardware Wizard message box.  
3. Select "Specify the location of the driver", and click Next.  
4. Tick on "Specify a location box". Then, click Browse button and navigate to the LAN  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
driver location as "\Drivers\WinMe\LAN". Click Next to begin searching the driver.  
5. The Add New Hardware will found Intel PRO PCI Adapter... Click Next to continue  
the driver installation.  
6. Click Finish button to finish installing LAN driver.  
7. Click Yes to restart the computer  
Installing Internal LAN for Windows 2000  
1. Click the Start button, then point to Settings, and click Control Panel.  
2. Double-click on the System icon, Hardware and then click on the Device Manager  
folder tab.  
3. Under the Other Devices line, you will find the Ethernet Controller, then Scan for  
hardware changes buttons to appear the New Hardware Found Message Box.  
4. In the Found New Hardware Wizard message box which shows searching Ethernet  
Controller driver. Click Next to proceed to the next step.  
5. Select "Search for a suitable driver for my device", and click Next.  
6. Tick on "Specify a location box". Then, click Next and Browse buttons and navigate to  
the LAN driver location as "\Drivers\Win2K\LAN". Click OK and Next to begin  
searching the driver.  
7. The Add New Hardware will found Intel (R) PRO 100B PCI Adapter. Click Yes to  
continue installing the driver.  
8. Click Finish button to finish installing LAN driver.  
2.2.10 Installing Internal Modem and LAN Combo Device Driver  
If your notebook has installed two-in-one combo card for enabling both Modem and LAN  
function, please install Modem and LAN drivers, respectively.  
For Modem driver, please follow the procedures below for installing the Lucent Data Fax  
Modem driver:  
Installing Modem Driver of Combo Device for Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
1. Boot Windows from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the Modem driver for  
Windows.  
2. Click the Start button and then click Run. In the Run dialog box, click Browse button  
and navigate to the directory as "\driver\Win98\MODEM\setup.exe" where the  
modem driver is located. . Please change "Win98" to other path named as WinMe,  
Win2K… to fit the operating system you are using.  
3. Click OK to process the installation of modem driver. Follow the instruction to finish  
the installation.  
4. With “Yes, I want to restart my computer now” selected, click Finish to complete the  
modem installation.  
2-8  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
For LAN, please follow the procedures below for installing the Askey 10/100 Mini PCI  
Ethernet LAN of Combo card:  
Installing LAN Driver of Combo Device for Windows 98  
1. Boot Windows 98 from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the LAN driver for  
Windows 98.  
2. Click the Start button, then click Settings, and Control Panel. Double click System and  
click Device Manager tab. Under Other devices, you'll see PCI Ethernet Controller.  
3. Click Refresh button. The Add New Hardware Wizard will detect PCI Ethernet  
Controller. Click Next to search for the driver.  
4. Click Next to continue.  
5. Tick Specify a location and click Browse button. Then, navigate to  
"\Drivers\Win98\Combo\LAN" and click Next.  
6. Click Next to accept the updated driver for Accton EN2242 Series Mini PCI Fast  
Ethernet Adapter. Ethernet LAN driver.  
7. Click Next to continue with LAN driver installation.  
8. Insert the disk labeled " Accton EN2242 Series Mini PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter", and  
then click OK.  
9. Type "\Win98", then click "OK".  
10. Click Finish to complete installation and restart Computer to finish setting up LAN.  
Installing LAN Driver of Combo Device for Windows Me  
1. Boot WinMe from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the LAN driver for  
WinMe. The New Hardware Found Message box appears.  
2. You will find the message stated searching PCI Ethernet Controller Device driver  
showed in the Add New Hardware Wizard message box.  
3. Select "Specify the location of the driver", and click Next.  
4. Tick on "Specify a location box". Then, click Browse button and navigate to the LAN  
driver location as "\Drivers\WinMe\Combo\LAN". Click Next to begin searching the  
driver.  
5. The Add New Hardware will found Accton EN2242 Series Mini PCI Fast Ethernet  
Adapter. Click Next to continue the driver installation.  
6. Click Finish button to finish installing LAN driver and click Yes to restart the computer.  
Installing LAN Driver of Combo Device for Windows 2000  
1. Click the Start button, then point to Settings, and click Control Panel.  
2. Double-click on the System icon, Hardware and then click on the Device Manager  
folder tab.  
3. Under the Other Devices line, you will find Ethernet Controller. Click Scan for  
hardware changes buttons to appear New Hardware Found Message Box.  
4. In the Found New Hardware Wizard message box which shows searching Ethernet  
Controller driver. Click Next to proceed to the next step.  
5. Select "Search for a suitable driver for my device", and click Next.  
6. Tick on "Specify a location box". Then, click Next and Browse buttons and navigate to  
the LAN driver location as "\Drivers\Win2K\Combo\LAN". Click OK and Next to  
begin searching the driver.  
7. The Add New Hardware will found Accton EN2242 Series Mini PCI Fast Ethernet  
Adapter. Click Yes to continue installing the driver.  
8. Click Finish button to finish installing LAN driver.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.2.11 Installing Easy Button Driver  
Following is the procedure for installing Easy Button driver.  
Installing Easy Button driver for Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
1. Boot Windows from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the Easy Button driver.  
2. Click the Start button, then click Run. In the Run dialog box, click Browse button and  
navigate to the directory as "\Drivers\Win98\Easy Button\Ez Button V1.01.exe",  
"\Drivers\WinMe\Easy Button\Ez Button V1.01.exe ", or "\Drivers\Win2K\Easy  
Button\Ez Button V1.01.exe".  
3. Run the execution file for installing the Easy Button driver, and then click Finish after  
complete the installing procedure.  
2.2.12 Installing EzMail Driver  
Following is the procedure for installing EzMail driver.  
Installing EzMail driver for Windows 98 / Me / 2000  
1. Boot Windows from your hard disk and insert the disc containing the Easy Button driver.  
2. Click the Start button, then click Run. In the Run dialog box, click Browse button and  
navigate to the directory as "\Drivers\Win98\EzMail\Ez Mail V1.01.exe",  
"\Drivers\WinMe\ EzMail\Ez Mail V1.01.exe", or "\Drivers\Win2K\ EzMail\Ez Mail  
V1.01.exe".  
3. Run the execution file for installing the Easy Button driver, and then click Finish after  
complete the installing procedure.  
2.2.13 Enabling DMA Channel for Best Performance  
This Notebook supports DMA function for fastest data bus transmission. The Windows  
system does not enable this function after you had installed the Windows system. You must  
enable this function manually to make this notebook running smoothly, especially in music  
listening and DVD, VCD playback.  
Enabling DMA channel for Windows 98 / Me  
1. Please click the following buttons with the procedure Start Æ Setting Æ Control  
PanelÆ System Æ Device Manager.  
2. Select and click CD-ROM, then point to the name of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM/CD-RW.  
3. Click Setting tab and tick the DMA function  
4. Return to previous level (Device Manager), select and click Disk Drives, under the Disk  
Drives level, click the name of Hard Disk (For example "Generic IED Disk Tupe 01").  
5. Please change the setting of Disk Drives as above.  
6. Restart your notebook to let the setting take effect.  
2-10  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
Enabling DMA channel for Windows 2000  
1. Please click the following buttons with the procedure Start Æ SettingÆ Control Panel  
Æ System Æ Hardware Æ Device Manager.  
2. Select and click IDE ATA/ATAPI Controller, you will find Primary IDE Channel and  
Secondary IDE channel. Please click Primary IDE Channel first.  
3. Click Advanced setting Tab. Please change the selection of Transfer Mode to DMA if  
available on both Device 0 and Device 1.  
4. Return to previous level, please change the setting of Secondary IDE Channel as above.  
5. Restart your notebook to let the setting take effect.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.3 System Upgrades  
This section provides an easy step in doing system upgrades for your notebook computer.  
2.3.1 Jumper Settings  
This section provides a jumper setting lists of configuring the notebook.  
Keyboard Type Select  
K/B Type  
Pos #1  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
POS #2  
OFF  
ON  
US KEYBOARD  
RESERVE  
JP KEYBOARD  
UK KEYBOARD  
OFF  
ON  
ON  
Logo Select  
Logo  
Pos #3  
OFF  
RESERVE  
RESERVE  
ON  
Password Override ( CMOS / RTC Data ) Jumper Setting  
Password Override  
RTC Battery Normal  
Clear (RTC) DATA  
Pos#4  
OFF  
ON  
L
Before doing password override, take off AC adapter and battery first.  
Main Board ID Select  
Main Board ID  
RESERVE  
RESERVE  
RESERVE  
RESERVE  
Pos #5  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
POS #6  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
ON  
ON  
CD-ROM Master / Slave Select  
CD-ROM  
Master  
Slave  
Pos #7  
ON  
OFF  
L
Pos # 8 is N/A Pin for reserve  
2-12  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.3.2 CPU Upgrade Procedure  
The A360 features Intel Pentium III and Celeron FC-PGA Processors. It is located on the  
upper-left side of the system motherboard.  
How to Access the CPU Socket  
To install or replace the CPU, follow the steps below:  
1. Turn off the system and remove both AC adapter and the battery pack from the notebook  
unit.  
2. Remove keyboard cover by gently bending it and sliding it towards in front of you.  
Keyboard Cover  
Bend Up  
Figure 2-3  
Remove keyboard cover  
3. Lift the keyboard and tilt it towards the LCD panel.  
4. Release keyboard cable by sliding the ZIF connector towards up direction.  
Figure 2-4  
Remove keyboard  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
5. Release seven screws as shown in the picture below, and then remove heat sink plate by  
slightly lifting it up.  
screws  
Figure 2-5  
Remove heat sink plate  
6. Use a flat screw driver and insert it into the CPU socket and tilt it towards in front of you  
to unlock CPU from the socket. It’s recommended to use the protective tooling securing  
CPU against damage.  
Insert flat screw driver into  
the CPU socket. To unlock  
CPU, Tilt it in front of you.  
CPU Protective  
Tooling  
Figure 2-6  
Remove CPU  
2-14  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
7. Remove CPU and insert the preferred CPU.  
8. Use a flat screw driver and insert it into the other side of CPU socket and tilt it towards  
LCD panel to unlock CPU from the socket. It’s recommended to use the protective  
tooling securing CPU against damage.  
9. Place back the heat plate and keyboard cover. Boot on the computer, and then BIOS will  
automatically detect the type of the CPU which just be installed.  
2.3.3 Memory Upgrade Procedure  
The notebook computer offers two 64-bit memory slot using 144-pin SODIMM (Small  
Outline Dual Inline Memory Module) at 64MB, 128MB, and 256MB SDRAM. Two memory  
slots are found inside the memory compartment. The memory compartment is located on the  
underside of your computer inside the memory compartment. The notebook has no memory  
on-board so you should have at least one SODIMM module inserted. With two memory slots,  
you can have several combinations up to 512MB.  
Figure 2-7  
Memory Compartment Door  
Using the Memory Slot inside the Memory Compartment  
Follow the steps below on how to upgrade the memory modules:  
1. Make sure the system is powered off and that no peripheral devices are attached.  
2. Turn the system over and locate the screw on the memory compartment.  
3. Remove the screw and open the memory compartment. Locate the alignment notch on the  
module.  
4. Locate the memory module socket. Align the notch with the notch in the socket connector  
and insert the module as follows:  
Hold the SODIMM at a 60-degree angle and align the SODIMM connector with  
the socket in the system. Push the connector into the socket.  
Press down on the edge of the SODIMM until the locking tabs on the sides snap  
into place, securing the module.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
30 degrees  
Figure 2-8  
Insert Memory Module  
5. To remove a SODIMM, press the locking tabs away from the sides of the module until  
the module pops up. Then, remove the SODIMM.  
6. Reassemble the notebook components as follows.  
Put the DIMM door back.  
Replace the screw and turn the system over.  
2.3.4 Hard Disk Upgrade Procedure  
The notebook provides a built-in hard disk for the primary IDE controller. The HDD is an  
industry standard 2.5” IDE disk drive and can be upgraded with another standard 2.5” HDD.  
1. Make sure the system is powered off and that no peripheral devices are attached.  
2. Remove the five screws securing the palm-rest cover underneath the system base unit.  
screws  
Figure 2-9  
Remove Palm Reset  
3. Remove the palm-rest cover by slowly unsnapping each section of the palm-rest cover  
from the base unit.  
4. When you have remove the entire palm-rest cover, simply flip over the touchpad panel to  
the keyboard. You will find the built-in hard disk secured with one screw at the upper  
2-16  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
right corner of the hard disk. Remove this screw and carefully pull the hard disk module  
from the connector.  
Figure 2-10  
The disassembly of Hard Disk Drive  
5. Remove four screws of frame HDD bracket plate. Two ones of them are at the same side,  
and others are at the other sides.  
screws  
Figure 2-11  
Screws Locations of the frame HDD bracket plate  
6. Plug in the hard disk module to the connector and secure the screw on the upper right  
corner of the hard disk.  
7. Place back the palm rest and secure those screws  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Upgrade  
2.3.5 System BIOS Upgrade Procedure  
The notebook supports EPROM Flash BIOS that allows you to easily update the system BIOS  
using the Phoenix BIOS Flash utility program called “PHLASH.COM”. This program runs  
under MS-DOS and requires the system not to load high memory like HIMEM.SYS. It also  
needs the “PLATFORM.BIN” file in order to activate.  
Follow the steps below on how to update the system BIOS:  
1. Prepare a clean bootable diskette without loading the HIMEM.SYS. Copy the files  
PHLASH.COM and PLATFORM.BIN into the diskette along with the BIOS ROM file.  
2. Restart the computer and boot from the diskette. At the DOS prompt, type the command  
PHLASH <BIOSfile.ROM>” to activate Flash BIOS programming utility. The  
computer will then start to update the system BIOS inside the notebook.  
3. After programming is complete, the system will prompt you to press any key to shutdown  
the computer. The BIOS version is displayed inside the BIOS Setup Main menu. Press  
<F2> after power on to run CMOS Setup program.  
BIOS Version : 1.0A-0004-3430  
L
L
It is very important not to power off the system whenever the FLASH BIOS  
program is running. Otherwise, the system may not be able to power on and you  
need to replace the BIOS EPROM chip from another working notebook.  
Always plug in the AC adapter when updating the BIOS.  
2-18  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
3
Software Functional Overview  
3.1 Overview  
The A360 is an IBM PC/AT compatible Notebook PC which support the Intel’s FC-PGA  
processors family. The following are the major features that A360 supports:  
Microsoft PC99 logo and WinME Logo approval.  
Offer 800x600 SVGA display with 12.1” LCD panel  
Offer 1024x768 XGA display with 13.3” LCD panel  
Offer 1024x768 XGA display with 14.1” LCD panel  
Support ACPI 1.0B (or above)  
Support PCI 2.1 (or above)  
Support AGP 2.0.  
Support SMBIOS 2.3  
Support PC-100/133 SDRAM  
Support 100/133 MHz CPU front side bus.  
Support a proprietary Port Replicator  
3.2 Summary of the BIOS Specification  
Below is the summary of the BIOS software specification:  
Controller Chip  
BIOS Feature  
Description  
Microsoft PC99 logo and WinME Logo approval.  
Support Boot Block / Crisis Rescue  
Support ACPI 1.0B (or above)  
Support PCI 2.1 (or above) Spec  
Support SMBIOS 2.3  
Support AGP 2.0.  
Support Windows 98 SE, Windows 2000 and Windows ME.  
Support flash function including both DOS and Windows  
interface for new BIOS update.  
Support 3 Mode FDD.  
Support 4 different keyboards on same BIOS  
Support boot from FDD, HDD,CDROM and LAN Drive  
Support Quick Boot ( 10 Seconds )  
CPU  
Auto detect the CPU type and speed for Intel Pentium III based  
system  
DRAM  
Cache  
Auto sizing and detection. Support PC-100/133 SDRAM.  
Level 2 SRAM auto sizing and detection  
Always enable CPU L1 and L2 cache  
Shadow  
Display  
Always enable VGA and System BIOS shadow  
System auto detects LCD or CRT presence on boot and lid  
closed  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Support Panning while LCD in a display resolution greater  
than supported  
Support Microsoft Direct 3D  
Support AGP4X Bus  
Controller Chip  
Hard Disk  
Description  
Enhanced IDE spec  
Support auto IDE detection  
Support LBA mode for larger capacity HDD  
Support Ultra DMA 33  
Support Fast PIO mode 1-4 transfer  
Support 32-bit PIO transfer  
Support Multi-Sector transfer  
Support SMART monitoring.  
Multi Boot  
Allow the user to select boot from FDD, HDD and CD-ROM and  
LAN devices.  
Plug and Play  
Smart Battery  
Keyboard Controller  
Support PnP Run Time Service and conflict-free allocation of  
resource during POST  
Support BIOS interface to pass battery information to the  
application via SMBus  
Support Fn hot keys, two Win98 hot keys, built-in Glide Pad and  
external PS/2 mouse/keyboard  
PCMCIA  
Compliant with PCMCIA 2.1 specification  
With DVD resume system  
Audio DJ  
Port Replicator  
I/O port replicator duplicates the following ports  
Video Port  
Printer Port  
COM1 Port  
PS/2 Mouse & Standard Keyboard Port  
USB Port  
DC In Jack  
Power Management  
Support (ACPI Mode)  
The power management is compliant with ACPI 1.0B  
specification and supports the following power state:  
S0 (Full-On) Mode  
S1 (Doze) Mode  
S4 (STD) Mode  
S5 (Soft-Off) Mode  
3-2  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3 Subsystem Software Functions  
This section provides introduction on the software functions of the notebook subsystems and  
BIOS related function.  
3.3.1 Key Chipset Summary  
Following are the main chipsets used in the notebook:  
Controller Chip  
Processor  
Vendor  
Description  
FC-PGA 370 Socket  
Intel  
Pentium III 933 / 1G / 1.13G MHz  
Celeron 766/ 800 MHz  
Twister VT8603 ( North Bridge )  
VT82C686B ( South Bridge )  
Savage4 with AGP 4X SMA  
OZ6933  
Core Logic  
VIA  
S3  
Video Controller  
PCMCIA Controller  
Super I/O Controller  
Audio Chip  
O2Micro  
VIA  
VT82C686B embed super I/O  
South Bridge Integrated  
AD1886  
VIA  
Audio Codec  
ADI  
Keyboard Controller  
PMU Controller  
Gas Gauge IC  
ROM BIOS  
Mitsubishi  
Mitsubishi  
Include PMU07  
Winbond  
IMI  
M38869  
PMU07  
W29C040P, Boot Block Structure  
Clock Generator  
Temperature Sensor  
LAN  
C9896B  
MAX1617A  
82559  
NS  
INTEL  
Lucent  
Lucent  
Modem  
MARS III  
FW323  
IEEE 1394  
3.3.2 System Memory  
The system memory consists of SDRAM memory on 64-bit bus and the module size options  
are 64/128/256MB upward. The BIOS will automatically detect the amount of memory in the  
system and configure CMOS accordingly during the POST (Power-On Self Test) process.  
This must be done in a way that requires no user interaction.  
Base SO-DIMM DRAM slot  
Expansion SO-DIMM  
DRAM slot  
(Bank 2 & 3)  
NIL  
Total Size  
(Bank 0 & 1)  
64MB  
64MB  
64MB  
128MB  
192MB  
320MB  
128MB  
192MB  
256MB  
384MB  
64MB  
64MB  
128MB  
64MB  
256MB  
128MB  
128MB  
128MB  
128MB  
NIL  
64MB  
128MB  
256MB  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
256MB  
NIL  
256MB  
320MB  
384MB  
512MB  
64MB  
256MB  
256MB  
256MB  
NIL  
64MB  
128MB  
256MB  
64MB  
NIL  
128MB  
256MB  
128MB  
256MB  
NIL  
3.3.3 Video  
The Video subsystem used share memory of Video memory. The system will support  
the true ZV port, the Microsoft Direct 3D assist, simultaneous display, monitor sense for  
auto display on boot and VESA Super VGA function call.  
Supported Video Mode  
The following is the display modes supported by the S3 Savega4 in LCD only, CRT  
only, and simultaneous mode. The VGA BIOS will allow mode sets of resolutions  
greater than the panel size but only show as much mode display as will fit on the panel.  
Panel Type Initialization  
The VGA BIOS will issue INT 15h function call during POST. This function call allows the  
system BIOS to specify the panel type to the VGA BIOS. The system BIOS should get the  
panel type from GPI pins before the VGA chip initialized, and pass this information to VGA  
BIOS through INT 15 Function 5F01h.  
Supported standard VGA modes:  
The VGA BIOS supports the IBM VGA Standard 7-bit VGA modes numbers.  
Mode  
00h/01h  
02h/03h  
04h/05h  
06h  
Pixel Resolution  
40*25  
Colors  
16  
Memory  
Text  
80*25  
16  
Text  
320*200  
640*200  
80*25  
4
2-bit Planar  
1-bit Planar  
Text  
2
07h  
Mono  
16  
0Dh  
320*200  
640*200  
640*350  
640*350  
640*480  
640*480  
320*200  
4-bit Planar  
4-bit Planar  
1-bit Planar  
4-bit Planar  
2-bit Planar  
4-bit Planar  
8-bit Planar  
0Eh  
16  
0Fh  
Mono  
16  
10h  
11h  
2
12h  
16  
13h  
256  
Note: All Standard VGA Modes are limited to the standard VGA refresh rates.  
Supported extended video modes:  
CRT device will support all listed VESA mode; and other devices such as PANEL & TV may  
be limited to the mode support due to their characteristics.  
3-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
VESA Mode  
Pixel Resolution  
Memory Model  
Refresh Rates In  
(Hz)  
Minimum  
Memory  
100h  
101h  
102h  
103h  
104h  
640 x 400  
640 x 480  
800 x 600  
800 x 600  
1024 x 768  
8-bit Packed  
8-bit Packed  
4-bit Planar  
8-bit Packed  
4-bit Planar  
70  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
60, 72, 75, 85  
60, 72, 75, 85, 100  
60, 72, 75, 85, 100  
43(I), 60, 70, 75, 85,  
100  
105h  
1024 x 768  
8-bit Packed  
43(I), 60, 70, 75, 85,  
100  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
106h  
107h  
10Eh  
10Fh  
111h  
112h  
114h  
115h  
117h  
1280 x 1024  
1280 x 1024  
320 x 200  
320 x 200  
640 x 480  
640 x 480  
800 x 600  
800 x 600  
1024 x 768  
4-bit Planar  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
43(I), 60, 75, 85  
43(I), 60, 75, 85  
70  
32-bit Unpacked 70  
16-bit Packed  
60, 72, 75, 85  
32-bit Unpacked 60, 72, 75, 85  
16-bit Packed  
60, 72, 75, 85, 100  
32-bit Unpacked 60, 72, 75, 85, 100  
16-bit Packed  
43(I), 60, 70, 75, 85,  
100  
4MB  
118h  
1028 x 768  
32-bit Unpacked 43(I), 60, 70, 75, 85,  
100  
4MB  
8MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
4MB  
8MB  
2MB  
2MB  
4MB  
11Ah  
11Bh  
11Dh  
11Eh  
120h  
122h  
124h  
12Ah  
12Bh  
12Ch  
1280 x 1024  
1280 x 1024  
640 x 400  
16-bit Packed  
43(I), 60, 75, 85  
32-bit Unpacked 43(I), 60, 75, 85  
16-bit Packed  
32-bit Packed  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
70  
640 x 400  
70  
1600 x 1200  
1600 x 1200  
1600 x 1200  
640 x 480  
48(I), 60, 75, 85  
48(I), 60, 75, 85  
32-bit Unpacked 48(I), 60, 75, 85  
24-bit Packed  
24-bit Packed  
24-bit Packed  
60, 72, 75, 85  
800 x 600  
60, 72, 75, 85, 100  
1024 x 768  
43(I), 60, 70, 75, 85,  
100  
4MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
4MB  
8MB  
12Dh  
12Eh  
131h  
1280 x 1024  
320 x 200  
24-bit Packed  
8-bit Packed  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
32-bit Packed  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
43(I), 60, 75, 85  
70  
320 x 200  
72  
133h  
320 x 200  
72  
134h  
320 x 200  
72  
13Bh*  
13Ch*  
13Eh*  
1400 x 1050  
1400 x 1050  
1400 x 1050  
60, 75  
60, 75  
32-bitUnpacked 60, 75  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
2MB  
141h  
143h  
144h  
151h  
153h  
154h  
171h  
173h  
174h  
175h  
176h  
178h  
179h  
17Ah  
400 x 300  
400 x 300  
400 x 300  
512 x 384  
512 x 384  
512 x 384  
720 x 480  
720 x 480  
720 x 480  
720 x 480  
720 x 576  
720 x 576  
720 x 576  
720 x 576  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
72  
72  
32-bitUnpacked 72  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
70  
70  
32-bitUnpacked 70  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
24-bit Packed  
75  
75  
75  
32-bitUnpacked 75  
8-bit Packed  
16-bit Packed  
24-bit Packed  
75  
75  
75  
32-bitUnpacked 75  
Note: “*” The modes may not be available. Their availability should be determined by VESA  
function calls.  
Panel Type Initialization  
The VGA BIOS will issue INT 15h function call during POST. This function call  
allows the system BIOS to specify the panel type to the VGA BIOS. The system BIOS  
should get the panel type from GPIO pins before the VGA chip initialized, and pass  
this information to VGA BIOS through INT 15 Function 5F01h.  
LCD Panel ID pin Definition:  
VT82C686B GPI Pins  
Panel Type  
GPI [23]  
GPI [17]  
GPI [11]  
GPI [10]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
ADI 12.1” SVGA TFT AA121SJ23  
Hannstar HSD121PS11  
ADT L133X3-1  
Unipac UB133X3-1  
CPT CLAA141XC01  
Hyundai HT14X13-101  
3-6  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
3.3.4 Enhanced IDE  
The system BIOS must be ready to support 4 IDE devices on two controllers. The BIOS  
support Ultra DMA 33 and also supports automatic configuration of drives using both the  
LBA and CHS large drive remapping method. In addition to supporting standard drives  
through an auto-configuration process that does NOT require user involvement or  
confirmation. The system should automatically do this at POST time in a way that is  
transparent to the user. If a drive is connected to the bus, the drive should be automatically  
recognized, configured and available for use under MS-DOS 6.2x.  
Ultra DMA  
Ultra DMA 33 is a physical protocol used to transfer data between an Ultra DMA/33 capable  
IDE controller and one or more Ultra DMA/33 capable IDE devices. It utilizes the standard  
Bus Master IDE functionality and interface to initiate and control the transfer. Ultra DMA/33  
utilizes a “source-synchronous” signaling protocol to transfer data at rates up to 33  
Mbytes/sec.  
3.3.5 Audio  
The audio subsystem will support the requirements identified by the AC’97 specification.  
Both software and hardware will control the volume level for the internal audio subsystem. In  
addition to the volume control, the user will be able to mute the sound to completely cut off  
the volume using both software and hardware.  
3.3.6 Super I/O  
This controller contains 16550A or FIFO Enabled UART, ECP/EPP/Uni-directional Parallel  
Port meeting the 1284 specification, and an Infrared port.  
3.3.7 PCMCIA  
The PCMCIA controller chip of the notebook provides the following features:  
Individually accessed, dual-buffer implementation  
Support for 2 separate CardBus slots (one type III or two type II stacked)  
Support for 3.3v, 5v and 12v (flash programming) cards  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3.8 LED Indicator  
The table below lists down the functions of the Status LED indicator:  
Indicator  
Function Description  
IDE accessing LEDꢁ  
FDD accessing LEDꢁ  
Battery Charging LED  
This LED will turn on while accessing the IDE Device.  
This LED will turn on while accessing the FDD Device.  
Turn on (Amber) – Battery is under charging mode  
Turn off – Battery full charged or no battery  
Caps Lock LEDꢁ  
Scroll Lock LEDꢁ  
Num Lock LEDꢁ  
Power Status LED  
This LED will turn on when the function of Caps Lock is active.  
This LED will turn on when the function of Scroll Lock is active.  
This LED will turn on when the function of Num Lock is active.  
Green – System is powered on.  
Green Blinking- System is entered suspend mode.  
Amber – Battery Low.  
Mail LEDꢁ  
This LED will turn on while Mail was arrived.  
L
- There LEDs will be turned off during Suspend mode.  
3-8  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3.9 Hot Keys Definition  
All Hot keys must be active at all times under all operation systems.  
Hot Key  
Function  
Handler  
Fn + F3  
Toggle Display  
BIOS Handler  
(LCD/CRT/TV/LCD&CRT)  
Fn + F5  
Display Stretch  
BIOS Handler  
BIOS Handler  
Fn + F6  
System Speakers On/Off  
Brightness Increase  
Brightness Decrease  
Internet Function Key  
Internet Function Key  
Fn + F8  
Controlled by PMU07  
Controlled by PMU07  
Controlled by Driver  
Controlled by Driver  
Fn + F9  
Internet Button  
Mail Button  
L
The system will issue a beep to inform user while the following hot keys are  
pressed.  
1) Fn + F3 (Toggle Display) -- LCD => CRT=> LCD+CRT  
2) Fn + F5 (Display Stretching)  
3) Fn + F6 (System Speakers On/Off)  
4) Fn + F8 (Brightness Up)  
5) Fn + F9 (Brightness Down)  
3.3.9-1 Port Replicator  
The Port Bar duplicates the following ports from the Notebook:  
CRT Port  
Serial Port  
Printer Port  
PS/2 Port For Keyboard  
PS/2 Port For Mouse  
One USB Ports  
DC in Jack  
The Port replicator can just support the cold insertion but not hot insertion. While hot  
insertion, the system is not guaranteed that functionality.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3.10 Plug & Play  
The BIOS supports the Plug and Play Specification 1.0A. (Include ESCD)  
This section describes the device management. The system board devices and its resources are  
as follows:  
Resources  
Connect  
Type  
Device  
I/O  
IRQ  
DMA  
Memory  
DMA Controller  
Interrupt Controller  
System Timer  
RTC  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
Static  
00~0F, 81~8F  
-
DMA4  
-
20~21, A0~A1  
IRQ2  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
40~43  
IRQ0  
-
70~71  
IRQ 8  
-
ISA Bus  
-
61  
-
-
System Speaker  
System Board  
PnP Mother Board  
Keyboard Controller  
PMU07  
-
-
-
-
-
E0000~FFFFF  
80  
-
-
60, 64  
68, 6C  
F0~FF  
-
IRQ 1  
Math Coprocessor  
PS/2 Mouse  
IRQ 13  
IRQ 12  
-
-
-
-
Enable /  
Disable  
Video Controller  
Static  
3B0~3BB,  
3C0~3DF  
3F8~3FF  
IRQ 5  
-
A0000~BFFFF,  
C0000~CFFFF  
Serial Port  
Static  
Static  
IRQ 4  
-
-
-
ECP, Parallel port  
378~37F,  
778~77F  
IRQ 7 DMA 1  
IRQ 6 DMA 2  
FDC  
Static  
Static  
3F0~3F5, 3F7  
170~177,  
-
-
Dual IDE Controller  
IRQ  
-
1F0~1F7, 3F6 14, 15  
CardBus Controller  
Audio chip  
Dynamic  
Dynamic  
3E0~3E1  
IRQ 10  
-
220~22F,  
300~301,  
388~38B  
IRQ 5 DMA 3  
Modem  
LAN  
IR  
Dynamic  
Dynamic  
3E8~3EF  
IRQ 10  
IRQ 10  
-
-
1080~10FF  
Enable/ 158~15F, 2F8- IRQ 3  
Disable  
-
-
2EF  
USB Host Controller Dynamic  
EF80~EF9F  
IRQ 9  
3-10  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3.11 PCI Device  
The table below summarizes the PCI IDSEL Pin Allocation:  
PCI  
Device  
IDSEL Pin  
Device  
Number  
Function  
Number  
Device Name  
AD11  
AD12  
AD15  
AD16  
AD17  
AD18  
Device 00  
Device 01  
Device 04  
Device 05  
Device 06  
Device 07  
Function 0  
Function 0  
Function 0  
Function 0  
Function 0  
Function 0  
Function 1  
Function 2  
Function 3  
Function 4  
Function 5  
Function 0  
Function 1  
Function 0  
VT8603 – Host to PCI bridge.  
VT8603 – PCI to AGP bridge.  
ESS 1988 Audio Accelerator  
ASKEY Combo card  
LAN / MODEM  
VT82C686B – PCI to ISA bridge  
VT82C686B – IDE interface  
VT82C686B – USB Port 0-1interface  
VT82C686B – USB Port 2-3interface  
VT82C686B – PMU and SMBus interface  
VT82C686B – AC97 Audio Interface  
OZ6933 – Card Bus Socket A  
OZ6933 – Card Bus Socket B  
IEEE 1394  
AD23  
AD24  
Device 0C  
Device 0D  
The table below summarizes the INT Pin Allocation:  
INT Pin  
INTA  
PCI Device  
CardBus / LAN / Modem / IEEE1394  
CardBus / LAN / Modem  
VGA / Audio  
INTB  
INTC  
INTD  
USB  
The table below summarizes the PCI bus master Allocation:  
REQ# Pin  
REQ 0  
PCI Device  
VGA / Audio  
CardBus  
REQ 1  
REQ 2  
LAN / Modem  
IEEE1394  
REQ 3  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3.12 SMBus Devices  
The SMBus is a two-wire interface through which the system can communicate with power-  
related chips. The BIOS should initialize the SMBus devices during POST.  
3.3.12 VT82C686B SMBus Connection Devices  
SMBus Device  
Master/Slave  
Address  
BIOS Need to Initialization  
VT82C686B – Core  
Logic  
Both Host and  
Slave  
02h  
Enable SMBus interface and  
SMBus interrupt  
SO-DIMM  
PMU07  
Slave  
Master  
Slave  
A0h  
10h  
9Ch  
Not Need  
Enable PS01 decode interface  
MAXIM1617 –  
Temperature Sensor  
Program the desired temperature  
range.  
OZ168  
Slave  
Slave  
Slave  
34h  
A8h  
D2h  
Audio DJ  
No Need  
Battery  
Clock Synthesizer  
Program the desired clock  
frequency (Pin23 output 24MHz,  
Pin22 output 48MHz)  
3.3.13 Resource Allocation  
This section summarizes the resource allocation of the notebook computer.  
I/O Map  
Hex Address  
000 - 01F  
020 - 021  
022  
Device  
8237-1  
8259-1  
VIA VT82C686B  
8254  
040 - 05F  
060 - 064  
068 – 06C  
070 - 07F  
080 - 08F  
092  
Keyboard Controller  
PMU07 Controller  
RTC & NMI Mask  
DMA Page Registers  
System Control Port  
8259-2  
0A0 - 0A1  
0B2  
Advanced Power Management Control Port  
Advanced Power Management Status Port  
8237-2  
0B3  
0C0 – 0DF  
0F0 – 0FF  
170 - 177  
1F0 - 1F7  
200 - 20F  
220 - 22F  
279  
Math Coprocessor  
IDE Secondary Command Block  
IDE Primary Command Block  
Game Port  
Sound Blaster  
ISA PnP Address  
3-12  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
330 - 333  
MIDI  
376  
378 – 37F  
388 - 38B  
398 - 399  
3B0 - 3DF  
3E0 - 3E1  
3E8 - 3EF  
3F0 - 3F5, 3F7  
3F6  
IDE Secondary Control Block  
Parallel Port  
FM Synthesizer  
Super I/O Chip  
Video Controller  
PCMCIA Controller  
Fax/Modem  
Floppy Disk Controller  
IDE Primary Control Block  
Serial Port 1  
3F8 - 3FF  
778 – 77F  
A79  
ECP port  
ISA PnP Address  
PCI BUS configuration Register  
CF8 – CFF  
ISA DMA Map  
DMA Channel  
DMA 0  
Device  
Unused  
ECP  
DMA 1  
DMA 2  
Floppy Disk  
Audio  
DMA 3  
DMA 4  
[Cascade]  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
DMA 5  
DMA 6  
DMA 7  
Memory Map  
Address Range  
00000 - 9F7FFh  
9F800 - 9FFFFh  
A0000 – BFFFFh  
C0000 – CBFFFh  
CC000 – CFFFFh  
D0000 – DFFFFh  
E0000 – E0FFFh  
E1000 – FFFFFh  
Length  
638 KB  
2 KB  
Description  
Base Memory  
Extended BIOS Data Area  
Video Memory  
Video ROM  
128 KB  
48 KB  
16 KB  
64 KB  
4 KB  
Unused  
Unused  
DMI information  
System ROM BIOS  
124 KB  
IRQ Map  
IRQ#  
IRQ 0  
IRQ 1  
IRQ 2  
IRQ 3  
Description  
System Timer  
Keyboard  
[Cascade]  
Serial Infrared Port  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
IRQ 4  
IRQ 5  
IRQ 6  
IRQ 7  
IRQ 8  
IRQ 9  
IRQ10  
IRQ11  
IRQ12  
IRQ13  
IRQ14  
IRQ15  
Serial Port  
Audio / USB  
Floppy Disk Drive  
Parallel Port  
RTC Alarm  
ACPI  
LAN / Modem / CardBus/ VGA  
Reserved for PCMCIA Card  
PS/2 Mouse  
FPU  
Hard Disk Drive  
CD-ROM or DVD-ROM  
3.3.14 GPIO Pin Assignment  
The GPI and GPO pins connected to system devices. The BIOS can get device’s status and  
control the device via the GPI and GPO pins.  
VT82C686B GPI pin assignment  
Pin Name Function Name Connected Device  
Description  
GPI[0]  
GPI[1]  
GPI[2]  
GPI[3]  
Pull High  
ECSCI#  
PMU07  
PMU07  
OZ168  
Low = SCI request from PMU07  
Low = Battery Low Activated  
Wake Up system for Audio DJ.  
(Program to LID function)  
Assign to IRQ6  
BATLOW#  
MEDIA_DET  
GPI[4]  
GPI[5]  
IRQ6  
PME#  
CardBus,  
LAN, Low = PME Request  
Modem, IEEE1394  
PHS connector  
PMU07  
GPI[6]  
SENSE#  
Low = PHS Connected  
Low = Ring signal from PMU07  
Refer GPO[8].  
GPI[7]  
WAKECOM#  
GPO[8]  
GPI[8]  
GPI[9]  
GPO[9]  
Refer GPO[9]  
GPI[10]  
GPI[11]  
GPI[16]  
GPI[17]  
GPI[18]  
GPI[19]  
GPI[20]  
GPI[21]  
GPI[22]  
GPI[23]  
PANELID0  
PANELID1  
N.C.  
LCD FPC  
LCD FPC  
LCD Panel Type Select  
LCD Panel Type Select  
PANELID2  
MB_ID0  
LCD FPC  
DIP Switch  
DIP Switch  
M38869  
LCD Panel Type Select  
Mother board revision ID data 0  
Mother board revision ID data 1  
Internet key status  
MB_ID1  
INTE_LATCH  
MAIL_LATCH  
AGP_BUSY#  
PANELID3  
M38869  
Mail key status  
VT8603  
LCD FPC  
LCD Panel Type Select  
3-14  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3.15 VT82C686B GPO pin assignment  
Pin Name Function Name Connected Device  
Description  
GPO[0]  
GPO[1]  
N.C.  
SUSA#  
VT8603, PMU07,  
Clock Generator  
This pin will output Low to  
power down devices during  
Standby, STR, STD and  
SOFF  
GPO[2]  
GPO[3]  
GPO[4]  
SUSB#  
Low = Suspend to RAM  
Low = Suspend Status 1.  
Low = CPU clock Stop.  
SUS_STA1#  
CPU_STP#  
VT8603  
Clock Generator,  
SpeedStep Controller  
Colck Generator  
VT8603  
GPO[5]  
GPO[7]  
PCI_STP#  
SLP#  
Low = PCI clock Stop.  
This pin will output Low to  
power down devices during  
Standby, STR, STD and  
SOFF  
GPO[8]  
GPO[9]  
GCLSMENA#  
BIOSWEN#  
PCA9559  
Low = Disable PCA 9559  
Write Protect feature  
BIOS ROM  
Low = Enable Write BIOS  
ROM  
GPO[10]  
GPO[11]  
GPO[12]  
GPI[10]  
Refer GPI[10]  
GPI[11]  
Refer GPI[11]  
PMUCS1#  
(PCS0#)  
PMUCS0#  
(MCCS#)  
IRTX#  
PMU07  
PMU07  
Low = Select PMU07 Chip  
GPO[13]  
Low = Select PMU07 Chip  
GPO[14]  
GPO[15]  
GPO[16]  
SIR  
SIR  
FAN  
Infrared Transmit.  
Infrared Receive.  
IRRX#  
FAN_HI/LO  
High = FAN work on high  
speed  
Low = FAN work on low  
speed  
GPO[17]  
GPO[18]  
GPO[19]  
GPO[20]  
GPO[21]  
GPO[22]  
FANON#  
PCMUTE#  
PCI_SERIRQ  
FETON  
FAN  
Low = Turn on FAN  
Speaker  
Low = PC sound off  
CardBus Controller  
PHS Connector  
LCD Panel  
Serial Interrupt Request  
Enable PHS power  
BLEN  
Low = Turn off LCD Backlight  
Select SMBus Device  
DRAMENA  
00:DRAM Slot1  
Slot2  
01:DRAM  
GPO[23]  
DRAMENB  
10:NC  
11:Clock  
Generator  
GPO[24]  
GPO[25]  
USBOC1#  
USBOC0#  
USB Connector 1  
USB Connector 0  
Low = USB Port 1 Over  
Current Detect  
Low = USB Port 0 Over  
Current Detect  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.3.16 PMU07 GPIO pin assignment  
PIN  
Name  
Function  
Name  
Connected  
Device  
I/O  
Description  
GPIOA0  
GPIOA1  
GPIOA2  
GPIOA3  
GPIOA4  
GPIOA5  
LID#  
I
LID Switch  
Low = LCD Close.  
N.C.  
X
O
I
MailLED#  
QGSMI#  
N.C.  
Mail LED  
M38869  
Low = Mail Arrival  
Low = Keyboard SMI  
X
O
PSTMSK#  
Low = PCI Reset Mask  
Low  
PCMCIA  
=
Ring Signal from  
GPIOA6  
GPIOA7  
PCMRI#  
RI1#  
I
I
OZ6933  
Low = Ring Signal from Serial  
Port  
Serial Port  
GPIOB0  
GPIOB1  
N.C.  
N.C.  
X
X
Low = Disable Mail LED  
during POST.  
GPIOB2  
LEDSEL  
O
Mail LED  
MAX3243  
High = Enable Mail LED after  
POST.  
GPIOB3  
GPIOB4  
GPIOB5  
GPIOB6  
GPIOB7  
GPIOC0  
GPIOC1  
GPIOC2  
SHDN#  
N.C.  
O
X
X
I
Low = Power down RS232  
N.C.  
SUSA#  
WakeCOM#  
PMU5V  
N.C.  
VT82C686B  
VT82C686B  
Pull High  
Low = Suspend Status 1  
Low = Wake Up Event  
O
I
X
O
CHGLED  
Charge LED  
High = Turn ON Charge LED  
High = Clear Internet/Mail  
keys Status  
GPIOC3  
STSCLR  
O
3.3.17 M38867 GPIO pin assignment  
Pin Name Function Name  
Connected Device  
Description  
P40  
P41  
P46  
P54  
P55  
P56  
P57  
P60  
P61  
P62  
GSMI#  
.
VT82C686B  
Keyboard SMI#  
ECSCI_686B  
ECSCI_PMU07  
N.C.  
VT82C686B  
VT82C686B  
SCI  
ECSCI in  
N.C.  
N.C.  
KBSEL1  
KBSEL2  
PASS#  
DIP Switch  
DIP Switch  
DIP Switch  
Low  
=
Need to Clear  
3-16  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Password during POST  
P63  
P64  
P65  
P66  
P67  
LOGOSEL  
N.C.  
DIP Switch  
Pull High  
N.C.  
Pull High  
P76 (SDA) Pull High  
P77 (SCL) Pull High  
3.4  
Power Management  
This section provides the Power Management software function of the notebook.  
3.4.1 General Requirements  
The BIOS meet the following general Power Management requirements:  
Compliant with ACPI 1.0B Specification  
Support for Suspend-to-RAM (S1 state) and Suspend-to-Disk mode  
Support for Resume on Modem Ring while in S1 / S4 Mode.  
Power Management must not substantially affect or degrade system performance.  
Power Management must be OS independent  
Support resume on Time/Date  
3.4.2 System Power Plane  
The system components are grouped as the following parties to let the system to control the  
On/Off of power under different power management modes.  
The power plane is divided as following:  
Power  
Group  
Power Control  
Pin  
Controlled Devices  
+B  
Nil  
Nil  
IMM, (9V~20V)  
+3VA  
PIC16C62A, VT82C686B (RTC I/F), Internal  
Modem, PMU07  
+12V  
+5V  
PWRON  
PWRON  
PWRON  
PCMCIA Card, AC97 Codec  
PCMCIA Slot 5V  
+3V  
VGA, PCMCIA, PCMCIA Slot 3V, DRAM,  
Twister(DRAM I/F), M38867, MAX3243  
+5VS  
SUSB#  
FLASH ROM, HDD, CD-ROM, USB, Internal K/B,  
Glide Pad, External P/S2 Mouse, FDD, Audio AMP,  
Fan  
+3VS  
SUSB#  
Nil  
VT82C686B (ISA I/F Power), Clock Generator &  
Buffer (W137)  
+RTCVCCS  
VT82C686B (RTC)  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.5  
ACPI  
This section provides the ACPI software function of the notebook.  
3.5.1 General Requirements  
The BIOS must meet the following general Power Management requirements:  
Refers to the portion of the firmware that is compatible with the ACPI 1.0  
specifications.  
Support for Suspend-to-RAM (S1 state) and Suspend-to-Disk mode (S4 state).  
Support the Wake up event from Modem Ring in S1~S4 state.  
Support the Wake up event from RTC Time/Date alarm in S1 state. This is enabled  
by a CMOS Setup option.  
Power Management must not substantially affect or degrade system performance.  
Global System State Definitions  
Global system states (Gx states) apply to the entire system and are visible to the user.  
Following is a list of the system states:  
G0/S0 - Working:  
A computer state where the system dispatches user mode (application) threads and they  
execute. In this state, devices (peripherals) are dynamically having their power state changed.  
The user will be able to select (through some user interface) various performance/power  
characteristics of the system to have the software optimize for performance or battery life.  
The system responds to external events in real time. It is not safe to disassemble the machine  
in this state.  
G1 - Sleeping:  
A computer state where the computer consumes a small amount of power, user mode threads  
are not being executed, and the system “appears” to be off (from an end user’s perspective,  
the display is off, etc.). Latency for returning to the Working state varies on the wakeup  
environment selected prior to entry of this state (for example, should the system answer  
phone calls, etc.). Work can be resumed without rebooting the OS because large elements of  
system context are saved by the hardware and the rest by system software. It is not safe to  
disassemble the machine in this state.  
G2/S5 - Soft Off:  
A computer state where the computer consumes a minimal amount of power. No user mode  
or system mode code is run. This state requires a large latency in order to return to the  
Working state. The system’s context will not be preserved by the hardware. The system must  
be restarted to return to the Working state. It is not safe to disassemble the machine.  
G3 – Mechanical Off:  
A computer state that is entered and left by a mechanical means. It is implied by the entry of  
this off state through a mechanical means that the no electrical current is running through the  
circuitry and it can be worked on without damaging the hardware or endangering the service  
personnel. The OS must be restarted to return to the Working state. No hardware context is  
retained. Except for the real time clock, power consumption is zero.  
3-18  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Sleeping State Definitions  
Sleeping states (Sx states) are types of sleeping states within the global sleeping state,  
G1. The Sx states are briefly defined below. For a detailed definition of the system  
behavior within each Sx state, refer to ACPI specification section 7.5.2. For a detailed  
definition of the transitions between each of the Sx states, refer to ACPI specification  
section 9.1.  
S1 Sleeping State:  
The S1 sleeping state is a low wake-up latency sleeping state. In this state, no system context  
is lost (CPU or chip set) and hardware maintains all system context.  
S2 Sleeping State:  
The S2 sleeping state is a low wake-up latency sleeping state. This state is similar to the S1  
sleeping state except the CPU and system cache context is lost (the OS is responsible for  
maintaining the caches and CPU context). Control starts from the processor’s reset vector  
after the wake-up event.  
S3 Sleeping State:  
The S3 sleeping state is a low wake-up latency sleeping state where all system context is lost  
except system memory. CPU, cache, and chip set context are lost in this state. Hardware  
maintains memory context and restores some CPU and L2 configuration context. Control  
starts from the processor’s reset vector after the wake-up event.  
S4 Sleeping State:  
The S4 sleeping state is the lowest power, longest wake-up latency sleeping state supported  
by ACPI. In order to reduce power to a minimum, it is assumed that the hardware platform  
has powered off all devices. Platform context is saved in disk.  
S5 Soft Off State:  
The S5 state is similar to the S4 state except the OS does not save any context nor enable  
any devices to wake the system. The system is in the “SOFT” off state and requires a  
complete boot when awakened. Software uses a different state value to distinguish between  
the S5 state and the S4 state to allow for initial boot operations within the BIOS to  
distinguish whether or not the boot is going to wake from a saved memory image.  
3.5.2 System Power Plane  
The system components are grouped as the following parties to let the system to control the  
On/Off of power under different power management modes.  
The power plane is divided as following:  
Power Group  
B+  
Power Control Pin  
Controlled Devices  
IMM, (9V~12V)  
Nil  
Nil  
+3VA  
PIC16C62A, VT82C686B(RTC I/F), Internal  
Modem, PMU07  
+12V  
+5V  
PWRON  
PWRON  
PWRON  
PCMCIA card , AC97 codec  
PCMCIA Slot 5V  
+3V  
VGA, PCMCIA, PCMCIA Slot 3V, DRAM,  
Twister(DRAM I/F), M38867, MAX3243  
+5VS  
SUSB#  
Flash ROM, HDD, CD-ROM, USB, Internal K/B,  
Glide Pad, External PS/2 Mouse, Audio AMP,  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Fan  
+3VS  
SUSB#  
Nil  
VT82C686B (ISA I/F Power ), Clock Generator  
& Buffer (W137)  
+RTCVCCS  
VT82C686B (RTC)  
3.5.3 Global System State Definitions  
Global system states (Gx states) apply to the entire system and are visible to the user.  
Following is a list of the system states:  
G0/S0 – Working  
A computer state where the system dispatches user mode (application) threads and they  
execute. In this state, devices (peripherals) are dynamically having their power state changed.  
The user will be able to select (through some user interface) various performance/power  
characteristics of the system to have the software optimize for performance or battery life.  
The system responds to external events in real time. It is not safe to disassemble the machine  
in this state.  
G1 - Sleeping  
A computer state where the computer consumes a small amount of power, user mode threads  
are not being executed, and the system “appears” to be off(from an end user’s perspective, the  
display is off, etc). Latency for returning to the Working state varies on the wakeup  
environment selected prior to entry of this state (for example, should the system context are  
saved by the hardware and the rest by system software. It is not safe to disassemble the  
machine in this state.  
G2/S5 – Soft Off  
A computer state where the computer consumes a minimal amount of power. No user mode  
or system mode code is running. This state requires a large latency in order to return to the  
Working state. The system’s context will not be preserved by the hardware. The system must  
be restarted to return to the Working state. It is not safe to disassemble the machine.  
G3 – Mechanical Off  
A computer state that is entered and left by a mechanical means. It is implied by the entry of  
this off state through a mechanical means that the no electrical current is running through the  
circuitry and it can be worked on without damaging the hardware or endangering the service  
personnel. The OS must be restarted to return to the Working state. No hardware context is  
retained. Except for the real time clock, power consumption is zero.  
3.5.4 Device Power State Definitions  
Device # CPU K+  
C0 Power State  
C1 Power State  
C2 Power State  
C3 Power State  
-CPU executes instruction  
-CPU is in Auto Halt State  
-CPU is in Stop Clock mode  
-CPU is in Stop Clock mode  
3-20  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Device # HDD  
D0 Power State  
D1 Power State  
-HDD is accessing or idle  
-HDD is in standby mode  
-D1 is resumed by any access  
-HDD is in sleep mode  
-D2 is resumed by reset  
D2 Power State  
D3 Power State  
-Same with D2  
Device # CD-ROM  
D0 Power State  
D1 Power State  
-CD-ROM is accessing or idle (motor on)  
-CD-ROM is in standby mode  
-D1 is resumed by any access  
-CD-ROM is in sleep mode  
-D2 is resumed by reset  
D2 Power State  
D3 Power State  
-Same with D2  
Device # VGA  
D0 Power State  
D1 Power State  
-VGA is accessing or idle  
-VGA is in standby mode  
-D1 is resumed by any access  
-VGA is in suspend mode  
-D2 is resumed by access  
-Same with D2  
D2 Power State  
D3 Power State  
Device # Modem  
D0 Power State  
D1 Power State  
-Modem is accessing or idle  
-Modem is in standby mode  
-D1 is resumed by any access  
-Same with D1  
D2 Power State  
D3 Power State  
-Same with D1  
Device # PCMCIA  
D0 Power State  
D1 Power State  
D2 Power State  
D3 Power State  
-PCMCIA is accessing or idle  
-PCMCIA is in RUN# mode  
-PCMCIA is in suspend mode  
-Same with D2  
Device # NIC  
D0 Power State  
D1 Power State  
D2 Power State  
D3 Power State  
-NIC is accessing or idle  
-Snooze is in CLKRUN is asserted  
-Sleep mode, PCI chip in suspend mode  
-Power down mode, both PCI and phyter in sleep mode.  
3.5.5 Sleeping State Definitions  
Sleeping states (Sx states) are types of sleeping states within the global sleeping state, G1.  
The Sx states are briefly defined below. For a detailed definition of the system behavior  
within each Sx state and transition, refer to the ACPI specification.  
S1 Sleeping State  
The S1 sleeping state is a low wake-up latency sleeping state. In this state, no system context  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
is lost (CPU or chip set) and hardware maintains all system context.  
S2 Sleeping State  
The S2 sleeping state is a low wake-up latency sleeping state. This state is similar to the S1  
sleeping state except the CPU and system cache context is lost (the OS is responsible for  
maintaining the caches and CPU context). Control starts from the processor’s reset vector  
after the wake-up event.  
S3 Sleeping State (STR mode)  
The S3 sleeping state is a low wake-up latency sleeping state where all system context is lost  
except system memory. CPU, cache, and chip set context are lost in this state. Hardware  
maintains memory context and restores some CPU and L2 configuration context. Control  
starts from the processor’s reset vector after the wake-up event.  
S4 Sleeping State (STD mode)  
The S4 sleeping state is the lowest power, longest wake-up latency sleeping state supported  
by ACPI. In order to reduce power to a minimum, it is assumed that the hardware platform  
has powered off all devices. Platform context is saved in disk.  
S5 Soft Off State  
The S5 state is similar to the S4 state except the OS does not save any context nor enable any  
devices to wake the system. The system is in the “SOFF” off state and requires a complete  
boot when awakened. Software uses a different state value to distinguish between the S5  
state and the S4 state. This is to allow for initial boot operations within the BIOS to  
distinguish whether or not the boot is going to wake from a saved memory image.  
3-22  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.5.6 Power Management Mode Transition Flow Chart  
From a user-visible level, the system can be thought of as being one of the states in the  
following diagram:  
S1  
Sleeping  
SLP_TYPx=S1  
and  
Wake  
Event  
SLP_EN  
S2  
Sleeping  
SLP_TYPx=S2  
and  
SLP_EN  
G1  
ACPI  
Boot  
(SCI_EN=1)  
SLP_TYPx=S3  
and  
G0 (S0) -  
Working  
G2 (S5) -  
Soft Off  
S3  
Sleeping  
SLP_EN  
SLP_TYPx=S5  
and  
SLP_EN  
or  
PWRBTN_OR  
SLP_TYPx=S4  
and  
S4BIOS_REQ  
to  
SLP_EN  
S4  
SMI_CMD  
Sleeping  
SLP_TYPx=S4  
OEM S4 BIOS  
Handler  
and  
SLP_EN  
3.5.7 Power States transition event  
The following table summarizes the entry events and wake-up events of each power:  
Power State  
S1  
Entry Event  
OSPM control,  
Sleep Button,  
Lid Close  
Wake up Event  
Sleep button  
Ring Indicator  
PME Event  
LAN Wake Up  
Lid Open  
Schedule Alarm  
Power Button  
Schedule Alarm  
S4  
S5  
OSPM control,  
Power Button  
Lid Close  
Battery Low - Low  
Power Button  
Power Button  
Execute Windows  
shutdown  
command  
L
OSPM: OS-directed Power Management  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.5.8 Lid Switch  
Display mode  
Power States  
G0  
Lid Close  
S3  
No active  
No active  
No active  
CRT  
Lid Open  
G0  
LCD  
S3~S5  
G0  
S3~S5  
G0  
No active  
No active  
No active  
No active  
No active  
CRT  
SIMUL  
S3~S5  
No active  
L
If dual view enable lid close always suspend.  
3.5.9 Power Button and Internet / Mail Button  
State  
S4  
Button  
G0  
S1  
S5  
G0  
Power  
Power off  
Power off  
No active  
L
*Press power and suspend button reset PIC  
3.5.10 Device Power Control Methodology  
This section illustrates the power control status of each key device/component of the system  
under each power management mode.  
PowerStat  
e Component  
Doze  
STR  
STD/SOff  
CPU  
Stop Grant  
ON  
Stop Clock  
Power Down  
Stop Clock  
ON  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
L2 CACHE  
VT8603  
ON  
VT82C686B  
ON  
Power Off (except  
SUSVcc, RTCVcc)  
DRAM  
ON  
ON  
Self Refresh  
Low Power  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Clock  
Synthesizer  
CDROM  
HDD  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Power Down  
ON  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
FDD  
KBC  
PIC16C62A  
PMU07  
VGA/VRAM  
PCMCIA  
Super I/O  
ON  
ON  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Power Down  
3-24  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
AUDIO  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Off  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Audio AMP  
LCD Backlight  
Serial Port  
IR Module  
LAN  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Power Down  
Internal Modem  
Device Power control Methodology During S2 Mode  
This section illustrates the control methodology of each device/component and its details  
under Stand by mode.  
Device  
Power Down Controlled  
by  
Description  
CPU  
Hardware  
Controlled by  
SUS_STAT1# pin  
Controlled by BIOS  
L2 CACHE  
VT8603  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Controlled by  
SUS_STAT1# pin  
VT82C686B  
DRAM  
Working  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Software  
Self Refresh  
Clock Synthesizer  
CDROM  
Controlled by SUSA# pin  
CDROM support power  
down command  
HDD  
FDD  
Software  
Software  
HDD support power down  
command  
FDD support power down  
command  
KBC  
Working  
Working  
Software  
Software  
PIC16C62A  
VGA/VRAM  
PCMCIA  
Controlled by VT8603  
Controlled by Driver enter  
Dx status  
Super I/O  
Software  
Software  
Software  
Hardware  
Software  
Controlled by VT82C686B  
Controlled by VT82C686B  
Controlled by BIOS  
AUDIO  
Audio AMP  
LCD Backlight  
Serial Port  
Controlled by VGA chip  
Controlled by PMU07  
GPIO[B3] pin  
IR Module  
LAN  
Software  
Software  
IR module support power  
down command  
LAN support power down  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
command  
Internal Modem  
Software  
Modem support power  
down command  
Device Power Control Methodology During S1 Mode  
This section illustrates the control methodology of each device/component and its details  
under Suspend to RAM mode.  
Device  
Power Down Controlled  
by  
Description  
CPU  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Software  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Software  
Controlled by SUSB# pin  
Power off  
L2 CACHE  
VT8603  
Controlled by SUSB# pin  
Controlled by SUSB# pin  
Self Refresh  
VT82C686B  
DRAM  
Clock Synthesizer  
CDROM  
HDD  
Controlled by SUSB# pin  
Power off  
Power off  
FDD  
Power off  
KBC  
Controlled by M38867  
power down command  
PIC16C62A  
PMU07  
Software  
Sofeware  
Controlled by PIC16C62A  
power down command  
Controlled by PMU07  
power down command  
VGA/VRAM  
PCMCIA  
Software  
Software  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Software  
Controlled by VT8603  
Controlled by SUSB# pin  
Controlled by VT82C686B  
Controlled by VT82C686B  
Controlled by BIOS  
Super I/O  
AUDIO  
Audio AMP  
LCD Backlight  
Serial Port  
Power off  
Controlled by PMU07  
GPIO[B3] pin  
IR Module  
LAN  
Hardware  
Hardware  
Controlled by SUSB# pin  
Controlled by Driver enter  
Dx status  
Internal Modem  
Hardware  
Controlled by Driver enter  
Dx ststus  
3-26  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.5.11 Expanding Event Through the Embedded Controller  
The following figure shows the relationships between the devices that are wired to the  
embedded controller, the embedded controller queries, and ACPI general  
VT82C686B  
EC PMU07  
Bit0  
Bit1  
Bit7  
Bit6  
Bit0  
ACIN  
ABh  
ABh  
BATIN  
GPI1  
RI  
A8h  
A8h  
A8h  
A8h  
ADh  
RI1  
SCI O  
PCMRI  
BATLOW  
LID  
Bit3  
Bit0  
KBSMI  
THRM  
Figure 3-2  
The Relationships between ACPI, Controller, and Device  
SCI Source and GPE Event from PMU07  
PMU07  
ADPIN0  
Input Event  
GPE Event  
GPI1  
Handler  
AC Plug In / Out  
AML Handler  
AML Handler  
BAT00  
Battery Plug In /  
Out  
GPI1  
GPIOA0  
LID Event  
RI  
AML Handler  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
GPIOA3  
GPIOA6  
GPIOA7  
THRM  
KB SMI event  
RI  
RI  
AML Handler  
AML Handler  
AML Handler  
AML Handler  
PCMCIA Ring In  
COM Port Ring In  
Thermal Event  
RI  
GPI1  
The system will issue a beep to inform user while the following SCI alerted:  
AC  
(AC status change) update battery information.  
(Power status change) update battery information.  
(Lid close /open event) update Lid position status.  
COM Port Ring Event  
Battery A  
Lid  
RI10  
PCMRI10  
PME  
PCMCIA Ring Event  
(Modem SCI) update system power status.  
Control Method Battery Subsystem  
EC should support all the battery information to ACPI-OS  
Designed Battery capacity  
Designed Voltage  
Designed Low battery capacity  
Designed Low – Low battery capacity  
Latest Full charged capacity  
Present Remaining capacity  
Present drain rate  
Present voltage  
Present Battery Status  
ACPI BIOS should support an independent device object in the name space, and  
implement the following methods.  
3.5.12 Thermal Control  
ACPI allows the OS to be proactive in its system cooling policies. With the OS in control of  
the operating environment, cooling decisions can be made based on application load on the  
CPU and the thermal heuristics of the system. Graceful shutdown of the OS at critical heat  
levels becomes possible as well. The following sections describe the thermal objects available  
to the OS to control platform temperature. ACPI expects all temperatures to be given in tenths  
of Kelvin.  
The ACPI thermal design is based around regions called thermal zones. Generally, the entire  
PC is one large thermal zone, but an OEM can partition the system into several thermal zones  
if necessary.  
3-28  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Active, Passive, and Critical Policies  
There are three primary cooling policies that the OS uses to control the thermal state of the  
hardware. The policies are Active, Passive and Critical:  
Passive cooling: The OS reduces the power consumption of the system to reduce the  
thermal output of the machine by slowing the processor clock. The _PSV control  
method is used to declare the temperature to start passive cooling.  
Active cooling: The OS takes a direct action such as turning on a fan. The _ACx  
control methods declare the temperatures to start different active cooling levels.  
Critical trip point: This is the threshold temperature at which the OS performs an  
orderly, but critical, shut down of the system. The _CRT object declares the critical  
temperature at which the OS must perform a critical shutdown.  
When a thermal zone appears, the OS runs control methods to retrieve the three temperature  
points at which it executes the cooling policy. When the OS receives a thermal SCI it will run  
the _TMP control method, which returns the current temperature of the thermal zone. The OS  
checks the current temperature against the thermal event temperatures. If _TMP is greater  
than or equal to _ACx then the OS will turn on the associated active cooling device(s). If  
_TMP is greater than or equal to _PSV then the OS will perform CPU throttling. Finally if  
_TMP is greater than or equal to _CRT then the OS will shutdown the system.  
An optimally designed system that uses several SCI events can notify the OS of thermal  
increase or decrease by raising an interrupt every several degrees. This enables the OS to  
anticipate _ACx, PSV, or _CRT events and incorporate heuristics to better manage the  
systems temperature.The operating system can request that the hardware change the priority  
of active cooling vs passive cooling.  
Dynamically Changing Cooling Temperatures  
An OEM can reset _ACx and _PSV and notify the OS to reevaluate the control methods to  
retrieve the new temperature settings. The following three causes are the primary uses for this  
thermal notification:  
When a user changes from one cooling mode to the other.  
When a swappable bay device is inserted or removed. A swappable bay is a slot that  
can accommodate several different devices that have identical form factors, such as a  
CD-ROM drive, disk drive, and so on. Many mobile PCs have this concept already in  
place.  
When the temperature reaches an _ACx or the _PSV policy settings  
In each situation, the OEM-provided AML code must execute a Notify ( thermal_zone, 0x80)  
statement to request the OS to re-evaluate each policy temperature by running the _PSV and  
_ACx control methods.  
Resetting Cooling Temperatures from the User Interface  
When the user employs the UI to change from one cooling mode to the other, the  
following occurs:  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
1. The OS notifies the hardware of the new cooling mode by running the Set  
Cooling Policy (_SCP) control method.  
2. When the hardware receives the notification, it can set a new temperature  
for both cooling policies and notify the OS that the thermal zone policy  
temperatures have changed.  
3. The OS re-evaluates _PSV and _ACx.  
Resetting Cooling Temperatures to Adjust to Bay Device Insertion or  
Removal  
The hardware can adjust the thermal zone temperature to accommodate the  
maximum operating temperature of a bay device as necessary. For example,  
1. Hardware detects that a device was inserted into or removed from the bay  
and resets the _PSV and/or _ACx and then notifies the OS of the thermal  
and device insertion events.  
2. The OS reenumerates the devices and reevaluates _PSV and _ACx.  
Resetting Cooling Temperatures to Implement Hysteresis  
An OEM can build hysteresis into platform thermal design by dynamically  
resetting cooling temperatures. For example,  
1. When the heat increases to the temperature designated by _ACx, the OS  
will turn on the associated active cooling device and the hardware will  
reset the ACx value to a lower temperature.  
2. The hardware will then run the Notify command and the OS will  
reevaluate the new temperatures. Because of the lower _ACx value now,  
the fan will be turned off at a lower temperature than when turned on.  
3. When the temperature hits the lower _ACx value, the OS will turn off the  
fan and reevaluate the control methods when notified.  
3-30  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.5.13 Hardware Thermal Events  
An ACPI-compatible OS expects the hardware to generate a thermal event notification  
through the use of the SCI. When the OS receives the SCI event, it will run the _TMP control  
method to evaluate the current temperature. Then the OS will compare the value to the  
cooling policy temperatures. If the temperature has crossed over one of the three policy  
thresholds, then the OS will actively or passively cool (or stop cooling) the system, or  
shutdown the system entirely.  
This is an SCI and you  
can define how ever  
many as necessary  
90  
85  
80  
75  
60  
55  
50  
45  
40  
35  
30  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
_CRT  
_AC0  
_AC1  
_PSV  
Method  
SCI Event  
Figure 3-3  
SCI Events  
Both the number of SCI events to be implemented and the granularity of the temperature  
separation between each SCI event is OEM-specific. However, it is important to note that  
since the OS can use heuristic knowledge to help cool the system, the more events the OS  
receives the better understanding it will have of the system thermal characteristic.  
3.5.14 Active Cooling Strength  
The Active cooling methods (_Acx) in conjunction with active cooling lists (_ALx), allows an  
OEM to use a device that offers varying degrees of cooling capability or multiple cooling  
devices. The _ACx method designates the temperature at which the Active cooling is enabled  
or disabled (depending upon the direction in which the temperature is changing). The _ALx  
method evaluates to a list of devices that actively cool the zone. For example:  
If a standard single-speed fan is the Active cooling device, then the policy is  
represented by the temperature to which _AC0 evaluates, and the fan is listed in  
_AL0.  
If the zone uses two independently-controlled single-speed fans to regulate the  
temperature, then _AC0 will evaluate to the maximum cooling temperature using two  
fans, and _AC1 will evaluate to the standard cooling temperature using one fan.  
If a zone has a single fan with a low speed and a high speed, the _AC0 will evaluate  
to the temperature associated with running the fan at high-speed, and _AC1 will  
evaluate to the temperature associated with running the fan at low speed. _AL0 and  
_AL1 will both point to different device objects associated with the same physical fan,  
but control the fan at different speeds.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.5.15 Passive Cooling Equation  
Unlike the case for _ACx, during passive cooling the OS takes the initiative to actively  
monitor the temperature in order to cool the platform. On an ACPI-compatible platform that  
properly implements CPU throttling, the temperature transitions will be similar to the  
following figure.  
100%  
Tn - 1  
Δ
P
Tn  
Tt  
_TSP (Sampling period)  
50%  
Time  
Figure 3-4  
Temperature and CPU Performance Versus Time  
For the OS to assess the optimum CPU performance change required to bring the temperature  
down, the following equation must be incorporated into the OS.  
ΔP [%] = _TC1 * ( Tn - Tn-1 ) + _TC2 * (Tn - Tt)  
where  
Tn = current temperature  
Tt = target temperature (_PSV)  
The two coefficients _TC1 and _TC2 and the sampling period _TSP are hardware-dependent  
constants the OEM must supply to the OS (for more information, see section 12.3). The  
object _TSP contains a time interval that the OS uses to poll the hardware to sample the  
temperature. Whenever _TSP time has elapsed, the OS will run _TMP to sample the current  
temperature (shown as Tn in the above equation). Then the OS will use the sampled  
temperature and _PSV (which is the target temperature Tt) to evaluate the equation for ΔP.  
The granularity of ΔP is determined by the CPU duty width of the system. A detailed  
explanation of this thermal feedback equation is beyond the scope of this specification.  
3.5.16 Critical Shutdown  
When the heat reaches the temperature indicated by _CRT, the OS must immediately  
shutdown the system. The system must disable the power either after the temperature reaches  
some hardware-determined level above _CRT or after a predetermined time has passed.  
3-32  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Before disabling power, platform designers should incorporate some time that allows the OS  
to run its critical shutdown operation. There is no requirement for a minimum shutdown  
operation window that commences immediately after the temperature reaches _CRT. This is  
because  
Heat might rise rapidly in some systems and slower on others, depending on casing  
design and environmental factors.  
Shutdown can take several minutes on a server and only a few short seconds on a  
hand-held device.  
Because of this indistinct discrepancy and the fact that a critical heat situation is a remarkably  
rare occurrence, ACPI does not specify a target window for a safe shutdown. It is entirely up  
to the OEM to build in a safe buffer that it sees fit for the target platform.  
3.5.17 Other Implementation Of Thermal Controllable  
Devices  
The ACPI thermal event model is flexible enough to accommodate control of almost any  
system device capable of controlling heat. For example, if a mobile PC requires the battery  
charger to reduce the charging rate in order to reduce heat it can be seamlessly implemented  
as an ACPI cooling device. Associating the charger as an active cooling device and reporting  
to the OS target temperatures that will enable or disable the power resource to the device do  
this. Figure as following illustrates the implementation. Because the example does not create  
noise, this will be an implementation of silence mode.  
90  
85  
80  
75  
60  
55  
50  
45  
40  
35  
30  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
_CRT  
Fan on/off  
Throttle CPU  
_AC0  
_PSV  
_AC1 Reduce charge  
rate  
Figure 3-5  
Other Thermal Control  
3.5.18 Thermal Control Methods  
Control methods and objects related to thermal management are listed in the table below.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Object Description  
_ACx  
_ALx  
_CRT  
_PSL  
_PSV  
_SCP  
_TC1  
_TC2  
_TMP  
_TSP  
Returns Active trip point in tenths Kelvin  
List of pointers to active cooling device objects  
Returns critical trip point in tenths Kelvin  
List of pointers to passive cooling device objects  
Returns Passive trip point in tenths Kelvin  
Sets user cooling policy (Active or Passive)  
Thermal constant for Passive cooling  
Thermal constant for Passive cooling  
Returns current temperature in tenths Kelvin  
Thermal sampling period for Passive cooling in tenths of seconds  
_ACx  
This control method returns the temperature at which the OS must start or stop Active  
cooling, where x is a value between 0 and 9 that designates multiple active cooling levels of  
the thermal zone. If the Active cooling device has one cooling level (that is, n”) then that  
cooling level is named _AC0. If the cooling device has two levels of capability, such as a  
high fan speed and a low fan speed, then they are named _AC0 and _AC1 respectively. The  
smaller the value of x, the greater the cooling strength _ACx represents. In the above example,  
_AC0 represents the greater level of cooling (the faster fan speed) and _AC1 represents the  
lesser level of cooling (the slower fan speed). For every ACx method, there must be a  
matching ALx method.  
Arguments: None.  
Result Code: Temperature in tenths Kelvin  
The result code is an integer value that describes up to 0.1 precisions in Kelvin. For example,  
300.0K are represented by the integer 3000.  
_ALx  
This object evaluates to a list of Active cooling devices to be turned on when the associated  
_ACx trip point is exceeded. For example, these devices could be fans.  
_CRT  
This control method returns the critical temperature at which the OS must shutdown the  
system.  
Arguments: None.  
Result Code: Temperature in tenths Kelvin  
The result is an integer value that describes up to 0.1 precisions in Kelvin. For example,  
300.0K are represented by the integer 3000.  
_PSL  
This object evaluates to a list of processor objects to be used for Passive cooling.  
3-34  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
_PSV  
This control method returns the temperature at which the OS must activate CPU throttling.  
Arguments: None.  
Result Code: Temperature in tenths Kelvin.  
The result code is an integer value that describes up to 0.1 precision in Kelvin. For example,  
300.0 Kelvin is represented by 3000.  
_SCP  
This control method notifies the hardware of the current user cooling mode setting. The  
hardware can use this as a trigger to reassign _ACx and _PSV temperatures. The operating  
system will automatically evaluate _ACx and _PSV objects after executing _SCP.  
Arguments: 0 - Active; 1 - Passive  
Result Code: None.  
_TC1  
This is a thermal object that evaluates to the constant _ TC1 for use in the Passive cooling  
formula:  
ΔPerformance [%]= _TC2 * ( Tn - Tn-1 ) + _TC1 * (Tn. - Tt)  
_TC2  
This is a thermal object that evaluates to the constant _TC2 for use in the Passive cooling  
formula:  
ΔPerformance [%]= _TC2 * ( Tn - Tn-1 ) + _TC1 *.(Tn. - Tt)  
_TMP  
This control method returns the thermal zone current operating temperature in Kelvin.  
Argument: None.  
Result Code: Temperature in tenths Kelvin.  
The result is an integer value that describes up to 0.1 precision in Kelvin. For example,  
300.0K is represented by the integer 3000.  
_TSP  
This is an object that evaluates to a thermal sampling period used by the OS to implement the  
Passive cooling equation. This value, along with _TC1 and _TC2, will enable the OS to  
provide the proper hysteresis required by the system to accomplish an effective passive  
cooling policy. The granularity of the sampling period is 0.1second. For example, if the  
sampling period is 30.0 seconds, then _TSP needs to report 300; if the sampling period is 0.5  
seconds, then it will report 5. The OS can normalize the sampling over a longer period if  
necessary.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.5.19 AC Adapters and Power Source Objects  
The Power Source objects describe the power source used to run the system.  
Object  
Description  
_PSR  
Returns present power source device  
_PCL  
List of pointers to powered devices.  
_PSR  
Returns the current power source devices. Used for the AC adapter and is located under the  
AC adapter object in name space. Used to determine if system is running off the AC adapter.  
Arguments: None  
Results code: 0x00000000 = Off-line; 0x00000001 = On-line  
_PCL  
This object evaluates to a list of pointers, each pointing to a device or a bus powered by the  
power source device. Pointing a bus means that all devices under the bus is powered by it  
power source device.  
3.6  
Battery Management  
The A360 supports both Li-Ion and Ni-MH Battery Pack. There is only one battery pack  
activating at one time. The special designed Bridge Battery module can backup the system  
under Suspend To RAM mode for a short period of time.  
3.6.1 Battery Sub-system  
The charger will stop charge the battery when the following condition is detected.  
The temperature of the system is too high  
The remaining capacity is 95% and more.  
Battery Life 2.5 to 3 Hours.  
Battery reading methodology is through PMU07 SMBus.  
L
Note that the battery life is dependent on different configuration running. E.g.  
with CD-ROM battery life is shorter, document keyin only battery life is longer,  
PMU disable battery life is short, PMU enable battery life is longer.  
3.6.2 Battery Low Warning  
When the battery capacity remains 8%, the PMU07 will generate a battery warning  
SMI. The system will do the following action.  
The Power LED Indicator will continually blinking with 1 Hz.  
The system issues a warning beep (3 beeps at once).  
3.6.3 Battery Low  
When the battery capacity remains 3%, the system will generate a battery low SMI. The  
system will do the following action.  
The system will enter Suspend To Disk mode even the power management is  
3-36  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
disabled.  
The function of power-on or Resume will be inhibited until the battery low condition  
is removed.  
3.6.4 AC Adapter  
When plug in the AC adapter, the system will do the following action:  
The charger will charge the Main Battery, if it is possible.  
The Battery Charging Indicator will turn on if the battery is in changing mode.  
The power management function will be disabled, if the Setup item of “Power  
Management” is set to “Battery Only”.  
3.7  
PMU07  
The Embedded controller PMU07 acts as a supplement for power management control. It  
supports a lot of functions via SMBus interface.  
3.7.1 The System EC RAM with PMU07  
Embedded Controller Command Set  
The EC I/F command set allows the OS to communicate with the PMU07.  
For detail information refer to ACPI 1.0B specification.  
Command  
Byte  
Encoding  
R
/
W
EC I/F  
Command  
Byte Register  
Description  
Interrupt  
Read  
0x80  
#1  
#2  
#3  
#1  
#2  
#3  
#1  
#2  
#1  
EC_SC  
W
W
R
Command byte  
Header  
Address byte to  
read  
Read data to host Interrupt on  
OBF=1  
Command byte  
Header  
Interrupt on  
IBF=0  
No Interrupt  
Embedded  
Controller  
(RD_EC)  
EC_DAT  
A
EC_DAT  
A
Write  
0x81  
EC_SC  
W
W
W
W
R
Interrupt on  
IBF=0  
Interrupt on  
IBF=0  
Interrupt on  
IBF=0  
No Interrupt  
Embedded  
Controller  
(WR_EC)  
EC_DAT  
A
EC_DAT  
A
Address byte to  
write  
Data to write  
Burst Enable 0x82  
Embedded  
Controller  
(BE_EC)  
Burst  
EC_SC  
Command byte  
Header  
Burst  
acknowledge byte OBF=1  
Command byte  
Header  
EC_DAT  
A
EC_SC  
Interrupt on  
0x83  
0x84  
W
Interrupt on  
IBF=0  
Disable  
Embedded  
Controller  
(BD_EC)  
Query  
Embedded  
Controller  
(QR_EC)  
#1  
#2  
EC_SC  
W
R
Command byte  
Header  
Query value to  
host  
No Interrupt  
EC_DAT  
A
Interrupt on  
OBF=1  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3-38  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.7.2 PMU07 EC RAM List  
The micro controller PMU07 acts as a supplement for power management control. It supports  
the following functions via SMBus Command ( 0x80 , 0xC0 )  
Addr  
ess  
Register  
Name  
Bit Number  
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
Function  
R/W  
Logic Default Description  
00h  
*3  
0x0000: mWh [Fixed value]  
0xffff: Unknown  
Power unit  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
-
-
0xffff  
0xffff  
02h Design  
*3 capacity  
0x0000-0xfffe(mWh)  
0xffff: Unknown  
Last Full  
04h  
0x0000-0xfffe(mWh)  
0xffff: Unknown  
Charge  
*3  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
-
-
0xffff  
0xffff  
Capacity  
0x0000 : Primary  
0x0001: Secondary [Fixed  
value]  
06h Battery  
*3 Technology  
0xffff: Unknown.  
0x0000-0xfffe(mV)  
0xffff: Unknown  
08h Design  
*3 Voltage  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
-
-
0xffff  
0xffff  
Design  
capacity of  
*3  
0Ah  
0x0000-0xfffe(mWh)  
0xffff: Unknown  
Warning  
Design  
0Ch  
0x0000-0xfffe(mWh)  
0xffff: Unknown  
capacity of  
*3  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
-
-
-
0xffff  
0xffff  
0xffff  
Low  
Battery  
0Eh  
0x0000-0xfffe(mWh)  
0xffff: Unknown  
capacity  
*3  
Granularity 1  
Battery  
10h  
0x0000-0xfffe(mWh)  
0xffff: Unknown  
capacity  
*3  
1st Battery  
[ _BIF ]  
Granularity 2  
12h Model  
*3 number  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
-
-
0xffff 0x0000 [Not support]  
0xffff 0x0000 [Not support]  
14h Serial  
*3 Number  
CELL_TYPE [3:0] This code  
depends on battery data  
format. In the future, this code  
may be added.  
0x00: NiMH  
0x01: Li-ion  
DATA[1  
CELL_TYP  
5:8] *1  
E
16h  
Battery type  
*3  
R(/W)  
-
0xffff  
All bits  
[7:0]  
are 0  
0x10: Non-rechargeable  
battery (Reserved)  
Vender [7:0] This code  
depends on battery data  
format.  
And the following name should  
be described in the ASL with  
the same character code.  
DAT  
A
[15:8  
]
*1  
All  
bits  
are 0  
18h OEM  
*3 Information  
R(/W)  
Vender[7:0]  
-
0xffff In the future, these codes will  
be added.  
0: “MoliEnergy”  
1: “Panasonic”  
2: “”(SANYO does not agree)  
3: “TBCL” (Toshiba)  
4: “Sony”  
*1:  
*3:  
The register type is word.  
This register is not cleared if the system is in S4-S5 state.  
R(/W): This is the read only register, but the written data will be able to read back till PMU  
updates the data periodically, or PMU detects the status change.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Register  
Name  
Bit Number  
Function Address  
R/W  
Logic Default Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
The battery is  
discharged  
The battery is  
charged  
The battery is critical  
(Empty)  
C
R
I
D
C
H
G
C
H
G
DCHG=1:  
CHG =1 :  
CRIT =1 :  
1Ah  
*3  
Battery  
State  
DATA[15:3] *1  
All bits are 0  
R(/W)  
-
-
T
1st  
Battery  
[ _BST ]  
Battery  
Present  
rate  
Battery  
Remaining R(/W)  
Capacity  
Battery  
present  
Voltage  
1Ch  
*3  
0x0000-0xfffe(mW)  
0xffff: Unknown  
R(/W)  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
-
-
-
0xffff  
0xffff  
0xffff  
1Eh  
*3  
0x0000-0xfffe(mWh)  
0xffff: Unknown  
20h  
*3  
0x0000-0xfffe(mV)  
0xffff: Unknown  
R(/W)  
1st  
Battery  
[ _BTP ]  
2nd  
Battery  
[ _BIF ] 3Ch *3  
Battery  
Trip Point  
0x000 0x0000 :Clear the trip point  
0x0001-0xffff(mWh)  
22h  
R/W  
DATA[15:0] *1  
*2  
-
0
24h to  
*2  
*2  
*2  
*2 *2  
2nd  
3Eh to  
Battery  
44h *3  
[ _BST ]  
*2  
*2  
*2  
*2  
*2  
*2  
*2  
*2  
*2 *2  
*2 *2  
2nd  
Battery  
46h  
[ _BTP ]  
0x01 : DATA size is  
3byte.(PMU06A)  
0x00 :DATA size is 2 byte.  
(PMU06) *8  
Battery  
data  
Size  
-
48h  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
DATA[7:0]  
-
-
Design  
capacity  
PMU06A use this data with  
02/03h. *7 *8  
49h  
4Ah  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
-
-
0xff  
0xff  
1st  
Battery  
[_BIF]  
Last Full  
Charge R(/W)  
Capacity  
PMU06A use this data with  
04/05h. *7 *8  
1st  
Battery  
Remaining R(/W)  
Capacity  
PMU06A use this data with  
1E/1Fh. *7 *8  
Battery  
[_BST]  
4Bh  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
-
0xff  
1st  
Battery  
PMU06A use this data with  
22/23h. *7 *8  
Battery  
[_BTP]  
4Ch Trip  
Point  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
-
-
-
0x00  
0xff  
Design  
capacity  
Last Full  
Charge R/(/W)  
Capacity  
Battery  
Remaing  
Capacity  
Battery  
Trip  
Point  
PMU06A use this data with  
26/27h. *7 *8  
4Dh  
2nd  
Battery  
[_BIF]  
PMU06A use this data with  
28/29h. *7 *8  
4Eh  
0xff  
2nd  
PMU06A use this data with  
42/43h. *7 *8  
Battery  
[_BST]  
4Fh  
50h  
R(/W)  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
-
0xff  
2nd  
PMU06A use this data with  
46/47h. *7 *8  
Battery  
[_BTP]  
R(/W)  
R/W  
DATA[23:16] *1 *7  
Don’t care  
0x00  
-
51h to  
6Bh *3  
Reserved  
-
*1:  
*2:  
*3:  
The register type is word.  
Same as 1st Battery CMBatt Data.  
This register is not cleared if the system is in S4-S5 state.  
R(/W): This is the read only register, but the written data will be able to read back till PMU  
updates the data periodically, or PMU detects the status change.  
3-40  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Register  
Name  
PMU_LOW_  
ADR  
PMU_HIG_  
ADR  
CHECK_  
SUM  
Bit Number  
Function Address  
6Ch  
R/W  
Logic Default Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [15:8]  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [7:0]  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
These registers are available  
when PMU slave mode or  
charger mode is selected.  
For detail information, refer to  
PMU slave communication  
section in this document  
6Dh  
PMU  
Access  
6Eh  
6Fh  
PMU_DATA R/W  
70h *7 SMB_PTCL  
R/W  
R/W  
PROTOCOL[7:0]  
D
O
N R  
E M  
A
R
L
STATUS  
[4:0]  
For detail information, refer to  
ACPI 1.0 specification  
[ 13.9 SMBus Host controller  
Interface via Embedded  
controller]  
71h *7 SMB_STS  
E
S
-
-
R
E
S
ADDRESS  
[6:0]  
72h  
73h  
SMB_ADDR R/W  
-
-
-
-
These registers are not available  
when PMU slave mode or  
charger mode is selected.  
SMB_CMD  
R/W  
R/W  
COMMAND  
DATA  
74h to SMB_DATA  
-
-
-
-
93h  
[0-31]  
The PMU06 has access protect  
function for the EEPROM in the  
battery, to cancel the protection,  
set the access protect cancel bit.  
For detail, refer to SMBus  
section  
SMBus  
94h  
SMB_BCNT R/W RES[7:5] BCNT[4:0]  
SMB_  
ALARM_  
ADDR  
R
E
S
95h  
R(/W)  
R(/W)  
ADDRESS[6:0]  
DATA  
-
-
-
-
AMB_  
ALARM_  
DATA[0-1]  
96h to  
97h  
The  
SMBus  
P
R
T
PRT =1 :  
address (A8-AE)  
protection  
cancelled.  
98h  
SMB_CNRL R/W  
RES[7:1]  
0x00  
-
is  
99h to  
9Fh  
Reserve  
Reserved  
R/W  
Don't care  
-
*7:  
When polling checks this register, the interval time is necessary more than  
500usec.  
R(/W): This is the read only register, but the written data will be able to read back till PMU  
updates the data periodically, or PMU detects the status change.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Register  
Name  
Bit Number  
Function Address  
R/W  
Logic  
-
Default Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
C
O
N
A0h  
*3  
ADP_STS  
R(/W)  
RES[7:1]  
-
-
CON = 1 : AC adapter is connected  
Battery trip point is  
detected.  
Battery is empty.  
Battery is Low battery  
state.  
Battery is Warning state.  
Battery is Error state.  
Battery is discharged.  
Battery is charged.  
Battery is connected.  
BTP =1:  
EMP =1:  
LOW =1:  
WAR=1:  
ERR =1:  
DCHG=1:  
CHG=1:  
CON=1:  
A1h  
*3  
BAT1_STS  
(1st Battery)  
R(/W)  
-
-
D
C
H
G
B E L W E  
T M O A R  
P P W R R  
C C  
H O  
G N  
A2h  
*3  
BAT2_STS  
(2nd Battery)  
R(/W)  
R/W  
-
A3h  
*3  
A4h  
*3  
A5h  
*3  
A6h  
*3  
Reserved  
Don’t care  
BCAP  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
BAT1_CAP R(/W)  
BAT2_CAP R(/W)  
0x00-0x64 = 0-100(%)  
0x7F  
0x80  
= Unknown  
= Not installed  
BCAP  
Reserved  
R/W  
Don’t care  
SMBAlert output device address  
The alert response function is  
available when this register is cleared  
(0x00) only.  
R
E
S
SMB_Alert_  
ADDR  
A7h  
R/W  
ADDRESS[6:0]  
STS_A [7:0]  
-
0x00 When the several devices assert the  
alert signal at the same time, the least  
address is stored to this register. And  
when this register is cleared , next  
alert address is stored to this register.  
Status  
A8h  
GPIO-A_  
EVT_STS  
GPIO-B_  
EVT_STS  
Read  
0:No event  
1:EVT  
detection  
Write  
0:Clear  
event  
To clear the notified event flag without  
unexpected event loss, clear the  
corresponding bit flag only.  
For this operation, this register has  
special writing manner as follows.  
STS_X (STS_X) AND (Written  
data)  
R/W  
R/W  
0x00  
0x00  
*5  
A9h  
*5  
0
STS_B [6:0]  
STS  
R/W 0 0 0 0 0 0 _C  
[1:0]  
AAh GPIO-C_  
*5 EVT_STS  
0x00  
0x00  
1:Ignore  
BTP2 event is detected  
BTP2 =1:  
SMB =1 :  
ALRT=1 :  
GPIO =1 :  
BATn=1 :  
ADP =1 :  
TH =1 :  
HIGH=1 :  
LOW =1 :  
ERR =1 :  
SMBus event is detected.  
SMBAlert is detected.  
GPIO event is detected.  
Battery event is detected.  
Battery event is detected.  
Thermal event is detected  
High alarm point is  
detected.  
ABh RUN_  
R/W  
*5  
EVT_STS  
B
T
P
2
A G  
L P  
B B  
A A  
T T  
S
M
B
R
E
S
A
D
P
R
I
Read  
0:No event  
1:EVT  
detection  
Write  
0:Clear  
event  
T O  
2
1
ACh WAKE_  
R/W  
0x00  
Low alarm point is  
detected.  
*5  
EVT_STS  
Polling communication  
failure with retry.  
ADh RUN_  
T
H
1:Ignore  
R/W  
R/W  
Reserved [7:1]  
0x00  
0x00  
To clear the notified event flag without  
unexpected event loss, clear the  
corresponding bit flag only.  
For this operation, this register has  
special writing manner as follows.  
*5  
EVT_STS_2  
AEh WAKE  
T
H
Reserved [7:1]  
E
*5  
EVT_STS_2  
H
I
G
H
L
O
STS_X  
data)  
(STS_X) AND (Written  
AFh THERMAL_  
Reserved  
[7:3]  
R/W  
R
R W  
0x00  
*5  
EVT_STS  
*3:  
*5:  
This register is not cleared if the system is in S4-S5 state.  
After writing to this register, Set the “00h” to the BURST_FLG_CLR register.  
R(/W): This is the read only register, but the written data will be able to read back till PMU  
updates the data periodically, or PMU detects the status change.  
3-42  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Register  
Name  
Bit Number  
Defaul  
t
Function Address  
R/W  
Logic  
Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
EC_RUN_  
ENB  
EC_WAKE_  
ENB  
B
T
P
2
A
L
R
T
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
BTP2: BTP2 event  
S
M
B
A
D
P
B0h  
B1h  
R/W  
R/W  
0x00  
0x00  
RES[4:1]  
SMB : SMBus event.  
ALRT: SMBAlert event.  
ADP: Adapter event.  
BTP:  
EMP: Empty.  
LOW: Low battery  
WAR: Warning  
ERR: Error  
CAP: Capacity learning  
C/D:  
CON: Battery presence  
Battery trip point  
BATT_RUN  
_
ENB  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
B2h  
B3h  
R/W  
R/W  
0x00  
0x00  
B
E
L W E C C C  
T M O A R A  
P
/
O
P W R R P D N  
BATT_WAK  
E
_ENB  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
Charge/Discharge  
GPIO-A_  
IO_CONF  
GPIO-A_  
DATA  
0: Input  
1: Output  
B4h  
B5h  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
CONF_A [7:0]  
DATA_A [7:0]  
0x00  
-
GPIO-A_  
RUN_ENB  
GPIO-A_  
EVT_POL  
GPIO-A_  
WAKE_ENB  
GPIO-B_  
IO_CONF  
GPIO-B_  
DATA  
GPIO-B_  
RUN_ENB  
GPIO-B_  
EVT_POL  
GPIO-B_  
WAKE_ENB  
GPIO-C_  
DATA  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
0: Falling edge  
1: Rising edge  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
B6h  
RUN_ENB_A [7:0]  
POL_A [7:0]  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x80  
-
Event/  
GPIO  
Control  
B7h  
B8h  
B9h  
BAh  
BBh  
BCh  
BDh  
Beh  
WAKE_ENB_A [7:0]  
CONF_B [6:0]  
0: Input  
1: Output  
1
0
0
0
0
For detail information, refer  
to GPIO section in this  
document.  
DATA_B [6:0]  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
0: Falling edge  
1: Rising edge  
0: Disable  
RUN_ENB_B [6:0]  
POL_B [6:0]  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
-
WAKE_ENB_B [6:0]  
1: Enable  
RES [7 :4] DATA_C  
*4 [3:0]  
RUN  
GPIO-C_  
RUN_ENB  
_ENB 0: Disable  
_C 1: Enable  
[1:0]  
BFh  
R/W  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x00  
*4:  
*6:  
Should be 0.  
This register’s response time is 150usec max.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Register  
Name  
Bit Number  
Function Address  
C0h  
R/W  
R/W  
Logic Default Description  
0: Falling  
7
0
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
POL  
_C  
[1:0]  
GPIO-C_  
EVT_POL  
edge  
1: Rising  
edge  
0
0
0
0
0x00  
WAK  
E_  
ENB  
_C  
GPIO-C_  
WAKE_ENB  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
C1h  
R/W  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x00  
[1:0]  
=0: Wake# output is  
“Level”.  
=1: Wake# output is  
“Pulse”.  
WAKE  
SCI  
=0: SCI is always output  
by event detection and  
SCI_EVT shows the query  
data is stored. And next  
SCI is not output until  
SCI_EVT is cleared.  
=1: SCI is output when the  
command set is not  
executed and OBF=0.  
SCI_EVT shows the output  
SCI is for event  
W
Q
_
R
U
N
A
K
E
_
S
U
S
_
Q_Run  
W
A
K
R
E
S
notification.  
RES  
[7:6]  
S
C
I
=0: Runtime event status  
is reflected to  
C2h EVT_CONT R/W  
0x00  
E
O X  
U
RUN_EVT_STS register.  
=1: Runtime event status  
is reflected to Query data.  
=0: Wake event output is  
always  
*4  
WAKE  
_OUT  
Event/  
GPIO  
Control  
T
enable.( in S0-S3)  
=1: Wake event output is  
enable  
Sus_X  
when SUS_X=L.  
=0: Runtime and Wakeup  
is selected by SUS_B.  
(GPIO B6 is enable)  
=1: Runtime and Wakeup  
is selected by SUS_A.  
(GPIO B6 is used as  
SUS_A input.)  
EC_RUN_  
ENB_2  
EC_WAKE_  
ENB_2  
0: Disable  
T 1: Enable  
0: Disable  
1: Enable  
C3h  
C4h  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0x00  
0x00  
-
Reserved [7:1]  
TH: Thermal event  
H
C5h To  
C7h  
Reserved  
Dont care  
-
C8h *6 GPI_AD0  
C9h *6 GPI_AD1  
Cah *6 Reserved  
R
R
AD0_DATA [7:0]  
AD1_DATA [7:0]  
Don’t care  
-
-
-
-
-
-
For detail information, refer to  
GPIO section in this document.  
R/W  
0x00-0xfe: D/A converter output  
data  
CBh D/A_CONT R/W  
CCh WAKE_DIS R/W  
Should be 0.  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [7:0]  
-
-
0xff  
0xff  
: Battery capacity(%)  
output  
0x00 : WAKE# output enable  
0x01 : WAKE# output disable  
0x00  
*4:  
*6:  
This register’s response time is 150usec max.  
3-44  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Register  
Name  
Bit Number  
Function Address  
R/W  
Logic  
Default Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
C
H
G
_
R
D
Y
#
CHG_RDY#  
=0 : Charge ready  
C C  
RES H H  
[3:2] G G  
BAT_CHG  
_CONT  
D0h  
R/W RES[7:5]  
-
-
CHGn  
2
1
=1 : The nth battery is charged  
Battery discharge priority  
0 : 2 1  
1 : 1 2  
2 : 2 1  
3 : 2 1  
BAT_DCH  
_PRI  
PAT  
[2:0]  
D1h  
D2h  
R/W  
R/W  
RES[7:3]  
-
0x00 4 : 1 2  
5 : 1 2  
6 : Same as 0  
7 : Simultaneously discharge  
(Read only :This data can be  
set using PMU register)  
D D  
C C  
H H  
G G  
0: Not  
discharge  
1:  
The discharge battery can be  
selected one of the batteries  
can be discharged.  
BAT_DCH  
_CONT  
RES[7:2]  
-
Discharge  
2
1
Absolute capacity battery  
0x0000 Warning detection point  
0x0000-0xffff (mWh)  
Absolute capacity battery Low  
0x0000 detection point  
BAT_WAR  
_ABS  
D3h  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA[15:0] *1  
DATA [7:0]  
-
-
-
Battery  
control  
BAT_LOW  
_ABS  
D5h  
0x0000-0xffff (mWh)  
Relative capacity battery  
0x10 Warning detection point  
00-C8h (0-100% step 0.5%)  
Relative capacity battery Low  
0x06 detection point  
BAT_WAR  
_REL  
D7h  
D8h  
*3  
BAT_LOW  
_REL  
R/W  
R/W  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [7:0]  
-
-
00-C8h (0-100% step 0.5%)  
Full charge cancel point  
00-C8h (0-100% step 0.5%)  
D9h FULL  
0xbe  
_DATA  
Battery charging current  
setting  
0x01-0xff (0.02-5.10A step  
0.02A)  
CC_CUR_  
DATA  
Dah  
R
DATA [7:0]  
-
0x00 0x00  
battery  
Depends on the  
This register is “read only”, to  
change the value, use the  
register in PMU registers area.  
0x0000: Clear the trip point  
0x0001-0xffff : (mWh)  
DBh To  
DCh  
When all of the battery’s  
capacities lesser than this  
setting value, the BTP2 is  
detected if event is enabled.  
BTP2  
R/W  
R/W  
DATA [15:0]  
Don't care  
-
-
0x0000  
-
DDh To  
DFh  
Reserved  
*3:  
This register is not cleared if the system is in S4-S5 state.  
R(/W): This is the read only register, but the written data will be able to read back till PMU  
updates the data periodically, or PMU detects the status change.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
Register  
Name  
R/  
W
Bit Number  
Function Address  
Logic Default Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PMU does not  
initialize EC register  
E
B
P
EC_REG =1: when system powe  
is off.  
C A O  
_
R
E
Y W  
_ _  
L L  
BAY_LED =1: PMU indicates the  
Battery discharge  
status to the  
LED_BAY#n,  
POW_LED =1: when the battery is  
installed. The  
PMU  
_CONT  
R/  
W
E0h  
RES[7:3]  
-
0x00  
0x00  
G E E  
D D  
PMU  
control  
Power LED blink  
O
S
_
S
T
S
ACPI  
_ACC  
_ENB  
R/  
W
OS_STS = 1: ACPI mode  
= 0: Legacy mode  
E1h  
RES [7:1]  
-
-
Power switch over ride function  
timer  
0x64 01h-FFh (0.1-25.5esc step  
0.1sec)  
OFF  
_TIME  
R/  
W
E2h  
E3h  
DATA [7:0]  
00h : Reserved  
Address: 0x00-0x7F  
The polling slave address setting  
If this address is 00, the Polling is  
R
E
S
POLLING_  
ADDRESS  
R/  
W
Slave Address [6:0]  
0x00  
disabled.  
HIGH_  
ALARM  
LOW  
R/  
W
R/  
W
Signed  
value  
Signed  
value  
If the received data GE this value,  
the event will be detected.  
If the received data LE this value,  
the event will be detected.  
E4h  
E5h  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [7:0]  
0x00  
0x00  
_ALARM  
0x00 :Polling disable  
0x00 0x01 – 0xFF [x 250ms] (250ms to  
63.75sec)  
POLLING  
_INTERVAL  
R/  
W
E6h  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [7:0]  
Thermal  
Sensor  
Polling  
POLLING  
_DATA  
R(/  
W)  
Signed  
value  
This register shows data at latest  
polling.  
E7h  
E8h  
0x00  
If the thermal sensor read value  
0x7D GE this value, the PMU  
automatically off the power.  
HARDWARE_ R/  
SHUT_DOWN  
Signed  
value  
W
POLLING  
_COMMAND  
R/  
W
Polling command (data register)  
address.  
E9h  
EAh  
DATA [7:0]  
DATA [7:0]  
0x00  
RETRY  
_COUNT  
R/  
W
0x00 - 0xFF: Retry count value (0-  
0x10  
255)  
Ebh To  
EFh  
R/  
W
Reserved  
Don't care  
DATA [7:0]  
Don't care  
After writing to the register  
BURST  
_FLG_CLR  
R/  
W
F0h  
-
-
addressed A8h-AFh,  
Set the 00h to this register.  
PMU  
control  
F1h To  
FFh  
R/  
W
Reserved  
R(/W): This is the read only register, but the written data will be able to read back till PMU  
updates the data periodically, or PMU detects the status change.  
3-46  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Software Functional Overview  
3.8  
Miscellaneous  
3.8.1 Security  
The user may enter up to eight standard text characters for a password. The password includes  
two levels. The higher priority is the Supervisor Password. The lower priority is the User  
Password. The Supervisor Password can access all the system resource, while the User  
Password may not access the floppy disk when it is protected by Supervisor Password. Also,  
the User Password may not access the floppy disk when the Supervisor Password protects it.  
When the security function is enabled, the system will request the user to enter password  
during the following situation:  
Power On The system will prompt the user to enter the password before booting  
the OS. If the user key in the wrong password for 3 times, then the system will halt.  
Resume The system will prompt the user to enter password while resuming from  
STR or STD mode. If the user keys in the wrong password for 3 times, the system  
will not resume and should return to Suspend mode.  
Entering CMOS Setup The system will prompt the user to enter the password  
before entering the CMOS Setup. If the user keys in the wrong password for 3 times,  
then the system will halt.  
3.9  
CMOS Setup Utility  
The Setup utility is used to configure the system. The Setup contains the information  
regarding the hardware for boot purpose. The changed settings will take effect after the  
system rebooted. Refer to Chapter 1 on running BIOS Setup Program for more detailed  
information.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
3-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
4
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.1 Overview  
The FIC A360 consist of several major functions and subsystems including:  
System Processor – implemented on the motherboard using the Intel Pentium-III or  
Celeron with FC-PGA packaging at 100/133MHz system bus speed.  
System North Bridge Core Logic – implemented on the motherboard using the VIA  
Twister chipset.  
-
-
SMA ( Share Memory Architecture )  
Savage IX AGP 3D Graphics Accelerator  
System South Bridge Core Logic – implemented on the motherboard using the VIA  
VT82C686B PCI-to-ISA chipset.  
-
-
-
-
Enhanced IDE Interface for HDD, CD-ROM, and IDE Device Bay  
SoundBlaster/DirectSound AC97 Digital Audio Controller  
USB Interface for the external USB port  
Super I/O  
Clock Frequency Generator – implemented on the motherboard using the IMI 9806I  
clock generator chip.  
Cache Memory Subsystem – implemented on-die on the Intel CPU.  
Video Subsystem – integrated on the motherboard using S3 Savage IX VGA chip and  
on the LCD Panel for supporting the LCD and CRT.  
PCMCIA Subsystem – implemented on the motherboard using the O2Micro OZ6933  
PCI-CARDBUS BRIDGE controller chip.  
Audio Subsystem – implement included on the VT82C686B.  
Keyboard and Pointing Device Subsystem – implemented on the AIO board, the  
Keyboard assembly, and the Glidepad assembly.  
I/O Subsystem – implement included on the VT82C686B.  
Modem Feature Card – implemented on the motherboard via the mini-PCI bus  
module socket.  
Power Subsystem – implemented on the battery board, LCD Inverter Board, Battery  
Pack, and AC adapter.  
Micro-P Subsystem – implemented on the motherboard using Mitsubishi PMU07.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.2 System Hardware Block Diagram  
CPU  
Intel  
GTL  
SMBUS  
CORE  
I/O  
Terminator  
P19  
FC-PGA2  
Tualatin  
Processor  
P5  
P6  
P3,4  
CLOCKING  
IMI9806C  
P11  
LCD  
CRT  
P15  
VIA  
PCI&ISA  
RES  
SDRAM  
100/133MHZ  
TwisterT  
P26  
P16  
P12  
P12  
552 mBGA  
TV  
Encoder  
CH7005  
TV-OUT  
VT8603  
P13  
P7,8  
P13  
32Bit PCI BUS  
BM IDE  
P30  
Audio DJ  
PCMCIA SLOT0  
1394  
Mini PCI  
IDE BUS  
OZ168  
PCMCIA  
OZ6933  
AC'97  
CODEC  
AD1886  
P27  
USB0  
USB1  
USB2  
USB3  
P18  
USB0  
VIA  
LUCENT  
P25  
RESERVE  
MODEM/  
LAN  
P32  
PCMCIA SLOT1  
FW323  
VT82C686B  
352 mBGA  
USB1  
USB2  
P24  
P25  
P25  
Blue Tooth  
P17  
P18  
P43  
SW  
CDROM  
P31  
P9,10  
POWER  
RJ11  
RJ45  
Mic IN  
MIC2564A  
P44  
P24  
P24  
P18  
AC-Link  
Line-out  
P30  
AMP  
APA2020  
P29  
HEADPHONE  
P31  
DCIN  
ISA BUS  
P34  
PMU3V/5V  
DCIN CON  
FLASH  
K/B CTRL  
P34  
ROM  
4M  
M38867  
W29C040  
3VS/5VS/12VS  
P26  
P22  
BATTERY  
CHARGER  
BAT CON  
P41  
Serial  
FDD  
P24  
Parallel  
INT K/B  
P23  
GP  
P21  
P21  
RTC CON  
EXT K/B  
P41  
CON  
P16  
SUB BAT  
PMU07  
M38869  
P35  
SERIAL  
CON  
PARALLEL  
CON  
INT K/B CON  
GP CON  
LED  
PIC16C62  
POWER SW  
P20  
DC/DC CONP36  
Figure 1-1 A360 Block Diagram  
4-2  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.3 Chipset Summary  
The notebook consists of following major chipsets:  
Controller Chip Vendor  
Processor  
Description  
FC-PGA Pentium III 933 / 1G / 1.3GMHz  
FC-PGA Celeron 766 / 800MHz  
Twister + VT82C686B  
Savage IX  
Intel  
Core Logic  
VIA  
S3  
Video Controller  
PCMCIA Controller  
Supper I/O Controller  
Audio Chip  
O2Micro  
VIA  
OZ6933  
Integrated in South Bridge (VIA VT82C686B).  
Integrated in South Bridge (VIA VT82C686B)  
APA2020  
VIA  
Audio Amplifier  
Keyboard Controller  
PMU Controller  
Gas Gauge IC  
ROM BIOS  
APEC  
Mitsubishi  
Mitsubishi  
M38867  
PMU07, Mitsubishi M38867M(E)SA-xxxHP  
Included in PMU07  
SST  
IMI  
28SF040-12  
Clock Generator  
Temperature Sensor  
USB Hub  
IMI 9806I  
NS  
MAXIM-1617  
Integrated in South Bridge (VIA VT82C686B)  
1456VQL19R-4 Mini-PCI Solution (Type-3B)  
FW-323  
Modem (Type 3B)  
IEEE1394  
ASKEY  
Agere  
4.4 System Processor (CPU)  
The FIC A360 runs on Intel Pentium-III based on FC-PGA packaging. It supports CPU with  
up to 1GHz clock speed rating. The processor operates in conjunction with the RAM and  
ROM memory and the system control logic (e.g. VIA Twister) to process software  
instructions (BIOS, Windows, and Applications).  
4.4.1 Intel Pentium-III Features  
Using Intel’s advanced 0.18 micron process technology, the Intel mobile Pentium III  
processor is offered at speeds of 700MHz to 1GHz while still offering lower power for long  
battery life. Other performance advancements include the addition of new Internet Streaming  
SIMD instructions, the advanced transfer cache architecture, and a processor system bus  
speed of 100MHz.  
Intel Mobile Pentium III processor featuring Intel SpeedStep technology is the next dramatic  
step towards achieving near desktop performance. This exciting new processor has two  
performance modes and allows real-time dynamic switching of the voltage and frequency  
between the modes. This occurs by switching the bus ratios, core operating voltage, and core  
processor speeds without resetting the system.  
There are two performance modes offered, Maximum Performance and Conserved  
Performance. Maximum Performance mode provides near desktop performance and runs at  
700, 750, 800 and 850 MHz. Conserved Performance mode provides the best balance  
between performance and battery life and operates at a lower frequency of 550, 600, 650, 700  
MHz. You can check the table of two performance modes as following.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
The integrated L2 cache is designed to help improve performance, and it complements the  
system bus by providing critical data faster and reducing total system power consumption.  
The Pentium III processor’s 64-bit wide Gunning Transceiver Logic (GTL+) system bus  
provides a glue-less, point-to-point interface for an I/O bridge/memory controller.  
Features summary of the Pentium-III CPU:  
Processor core/bus speeds  
-
Featuring Intel SpeedStep technology: Maximum Performance Mode at 1.60V  
and Conserved Performance Mode at 1.35V  
Supports the Intel Architecture with Dynamic Execution  
On-die primary (L1) 16-Kbyte instruction cache and 16-Kbyte write-back data cache  
On-die second level L2 cache (256-Kbyte)  
Integrated GTL+ termination  
64-bit data bus, 100-MHz operation  
Integrated math co-processor  
Intel Processor Serial Number  
Fully compatible with previous Intel microprocessors  
-
-
-
Binary compatible with all applications  
Support for MMX technology  
Support for Streaming SIMD Extensions enhances floating point, video, sound,  
and 3-D application performance  
Power Management Features  
-
-
Quick Start for low power, low exit latency clock “throttling”  
Deep Sleep mode provide low power dissipation  
On-die thermal diode  
4.4.2 Intel Celeron Features  
The Intel Celeron processor is designed for uni-processor based Value PC and is binary  
compatible with previous generation Intel architecture processors. The Intel Celeron  
processor provides good performance for applications running on advanced operating systems  
such as Windows 98 / Me, Windows NT / 2000, and UNIX. This is achieved by integrating  
the best attributes of Intel processors – the dynamic execution performance of the P6 micro-  
architecture plus the capabilities of MMX technology – bringing a balanced level of  
performance to the Value PC market segment.  
Features summary of the Celeron CPU:  
Available up to 700 MHz core frequencies  
Integrated primary (L1) 16-Kbyte instruction cache and 16-Kbyte write back data cache  
Integrated second level (L2) cache 128-Kbyte ECC protected cache data array  
Intel’s latest Celeron processors in the FC-PGA package are manufactured using the  
advanced 0.18 micron technology.  
Binary compatible with applications running on previous members of the Intel  
microprocessor line.  
Supports the Intel Architecture with Dynamic Execution  
Specifically designed for uni-processor based Value PC systems, with the capabilities of  
MMX technology.  
Power Management Features. Quick Start for low power, low exit latency clock  
“throttling” and Deep Sleep mode for extremely low power dissipation.  
Optimized for 32-bit applications running on advanced 32-bit operating systems.  
4-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
UPGA-2 packaging technology for thin form factor notebook designs. Exposed die  
enables more efficient heat dissipation.  
Low-Power GTL+ processor system bus interface. 64-bit data bus, 100-MHz operation.  
Integrated Intel Floating-Point Unit compatible with the IEEE Std 754  
Integrated thermal diode measuring processor temperature.  
4.5 System Core Logic  
The system core logic function of the notebook is implemented on the CPU module and  
motherboard using the VIA S3 Savage IX AGPset. The VIA S3 Savage IX AGPset is  
intended for the Pentium III processor platform and emerging 3D graphics/multimedia  
applications. The VIA S3 Savage IX AGPset brings 100/133-MHz FSB (front-side bus),  
ATA/33/66/100 HDD support in UDMA mode 2 & 4 and PC100/133 SDRAM performance  
to entry-level Performance PCs.  
4.5.1 VIA TWISTER Features  
The VIA TWISTER Host Bridge provides a Host-to-PCI bridge, optimized DRAM controller  
and data path, and an Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) interface. AGP is a high performance,  
component-level interconnect targeted at 3D graphics applications and is based on a set of  
performance enhancements to PCI.  
The VIA TWISTER functions and capabilities include:  
Define Integrated Solutions for Value PC Mobile Designs  
Integrated VIA Apollo Pro133 and S3® Savaged IX in a single chip  
64-bit Advanced Memory controller supporting PC100/PC133 SDRAM and VCM  
Combines with VIA VT82C686B PCI-LPC South Bridge for state-of-the-art power  
management  
High Performance CPU Interface  
Socket 370 support for Intel Pentium III, Celeron™ processors  
66/100/133 MHz CPU Front Side Bus (FSB)  
Built-in Phase Lock Loop circuitry for optimal skew control within and between clocking  
regions  
Five outstanding transactions (four In-Order Queue IOQ) plus one output latch)  
Dynamic deferred transaction support  
Advanced High Performance DRAM Controller  
DRAM interface runs synchronous (66/66, 100/100, 133/133) mode or pseudo-  
synchronous (66/100, 100/66, 100/133, 133/100) mode with FSB  
Concurrent CPU, AGP, and PCI access  
Supports SDRAM and VCM SDRAM memory types  
Support 3 DIMMs or 6 banks for up to 1.5 GB of DRAM (256Mb DRAM technology)  
64-bit data width  
Supports maximum 8-bank interleave (8 pages open simultaneously); banks are allocated  
based on LRU  
SDRAM X-1-1-1-1-1-1-1 back-to-back accesses  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
Integrated Savage4 2D/3D/Video Accelerator  
Optimized Shared Memory Architecture (SMA)  
8 to 32 MB frame buffer using system memory  
Floating point triangle setup engine  
Single cycle 128-bit 3D architecture  
8M triangles/second setup engine  
140M pixels/second trilinear fill rate  
Full internal AGP4X performance  
S3 DX7 texture compression (S3TC™)  
Next generation, 128-bit 2D graphics engine  
High quality DVD video playback  
Flat panel monitor support  
2D/3D resolutions up to 1920x1440  
3D Rendering Features  
Single pass multiple textures  
8-bit stencil buffer  
32-bit true color rendering  
Specular lighting and diffuse shading  
Alpha blending modes  
Massive 2K x 2K textures  
MPEG-2 video textures  
Vertex and table fog  
16 or 24-bit Z-buffering  
Sprite anti-aliasing, reflection mapping, texture morphing, shadows, procedural textures  
and atmospheric effects  
Motion Video Architecture  
High quality up/down scalar  
Planar to packed format conversion  
Motion compensation for full speed DVD playback  
Hardware subpicture blending and highlights  
Multiple video windows for video conferencing  
Contrast, hue, saturation, brightness and gamma controls  
Digital port for NTSC/PAL TV encoders  
Advanced System Power Management Support  
Dynamic power down of SDRAM  
Independent clock stop controls for CPU/SDRAM, AGP and PCI bus  
Low-leakage I/O pads  
Full Software Support  
Drivers for major operating systems and APIs  
North Bridge/Chipset and Video BIOS support  
4-6  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.5.2 VT82C686B Features  
The VT82C686B PSIPC (PCI Super-I/O Integrated Peripheral Controller) is a high-  
integration, high performance, power-efficient, and high compatibility device that supports  
Intel and non-Intel based processor to PCI bus bridge functionality to make a complete  
Microsoft PC99-compliant PCI/ISA system.  
The VT82C686B functions and capabilities include:  
Inter-operable with VIA and other Host-to-PCI Bridges  
Combine with TWISTER for a complete 66 / 100 / 133 MHz Socket 370 or Slot-1 system  
with integrated 2D / 3D graphics ( S3 Savage 4)  
Inter-operable with Intel or other Host-to-PCI bridges for a complete PC99 compliant PCI  
/ AGP / ISA system  
PCI to ISA Bridge  
Integrated ISA Bus Controller with integrated DMA, timer, and interrupt controller  
Integrated Keyboard Controller with PS2 mouse support  
Integrated DS12885-style Real Time Clock with extended 256 byte CMOS RAM and  
Day/Month Alarm for ACPI  
Integrated USB Controller with root hub and four function ports  
Integrated UltraDMA-33/66 master mode EIDE controller with enhanced PCI bus  
commands  
PCI-2.2 compliant with delay transaction and remote power management  
Distributed DMA support for ISA legacy DMA across the PCI bus  
Fast reset and Gate A20 operation  
Flash EPROM, 4Mb EPROM and combined BIOS support  
Supports positive and subtractive decoding  
UltraDMA-33 / 66 / 100 Master Mode PCI EIDE Controller  
Dual channel master mode PCI supporting four Enhanced IDE devices  
Transfer rate up to 33MB/sec to cover PIO mode 4, multi-word DMA mode 2 drives, and  
UltraDMA-33 interface  
Support ATAPI compliant devices including DVD devices  
Support PC native and ATA compatibility modes  
Complete software driver support  
Integrated Super IO Controller  
Supports 2 serial ports, IR port, parallel port, and floppy disk controller functions  
Two UARTs for Complete Serial Ports  
Infrared-IrDA (HPSIR) and ASK (Amplitude Shift Keyed) IR port multiplexed on COM2  
Multi-mode parallel port  
Floppy Disk Controller  
SoundBlaster Pro Hardware and Direct Sound Ready AC97 Digital Audio Controller  
Dual full-duplex Direct Sound channels between system memory and AC97 link  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
PCI master interface with scatter / gather and bursting capability  
32 byte FIFO of each direct sound channel  
Standard v1.0 or v2.0 AC97 Codec interface for single or cascaded AC97 Codec’s from  
multiple vendors  
Loopback capability for re-directing mixed audio streams into USB and 1394 speakers  
Hardware SoundBlaster Pro for Windows DOS box and real-mode DOS legacy  
compatibility  
Hardware assisted FM synthesis for legacy compatibility  
Direct two game ports and one MIDI port interface  
Complete software driver support for Windows-95/98/2000 and Windows NT  
Voltage, Temperature, Fan Speed Monitor and Controller  
Five positive voltage (one internal), three temperature (one internal) and two fan-speed  
monitoring  
Programmable control, status, monitor and alarm for flexible desktop management  
Automatic clock throttling with integrated temperature sensing  
Internal core VCC voltage sensing  
Flexible external voltage sensing arrangement (any positive supply and battery)  
Universal Serial Bus Controller  
USB v1.1 and Intel Universal HCI v1.1 compatible  
Eighteen level (doublewords) data FIFO with full scatter and gather capability  
Root hub and four function ports  
Integrated physical layer transceivers with optional over-current detection status on USB  
inputs  
Legacy keyboard and PS/2 mouse support  
System Management Bus Interface  
Host interface for processor communications  
Slave interface for external SMBus masters  
Sophisticated PC99-Compatible Mobile Power Management  
Supports both ACPI and legacy APM power management  
ACPI v1.0 Compliant  
APM v1.2 Compliant  
CPU clock throttling and clock stop control for complete ACPI C0 to C3 state support  
PCI bus clock run, Power Management Enabled (PME) control, and PCI/CPU clock  
generator stop control  
Supports multiple system suspend types  
Multiple suspend power plane controls and suspend status indicators  
Normal, doze, sleep, suspend and conserve modes  
Global and local device power control  
System event monitoring with two event classes  
Dedicated input pins for power and sleep buttons, external modem ring indicator, and  
notebook lid open/close for system wake-up  
Up to 12 general purpose input ports and 23 output ports  
One programmable chip select and one microcontroller chip select  
4-8  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
Enhanced integrated real time clock (RTC) with date alarm, month alarm, and century  
field  
Thermal alarm on either external or any combination of three internal temperature sensing  
circuits  
Hot docking support  
I/O pad leakage control  
Plug and Play Controller  
PCI interrupts steerable to any interrupt channel  
Steerable interrupts for integrated peripheral controllers: USB, floppy, serial, parallel,  
audio, soundblaster, MIDI  
Steerable DMA channels for integrated floppy, parallel, and soundblaster pro controllers  
One additional steerable interrupt channel for on-board plug and play devices  
Microsoft Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 95 and plug and play BIOS compliant  
Integrated I/O APIC (Advanced Peripheral Interrupt Controller) (CG Silicon)  
Built-in NAND-tree pin scan test capability 35um, 3.3V, low power CMOS process  
Single chip 27x27 mm, 352 pin BGA  
4.6 Clock Frequency Generator  
The notebook utilizes the IMI 9896I chip to supply the system clock needed to run the  
computer. The following are the available clock frequencies:  
System clock:  
Clock generator IMI 9806I support:  
-
-
-
-
66/100 MHz for Pentium III Mobile CPU  
30/33 MHz for PCI device bus clock use  
48 MHz for PIIX4M  
14.318 MHz for PIIX4M refresh use  
14.318 MHz XTAL for Clock Generator use  
32.768 KHz XTAL for RTC real time clock  
8.0 MHz XTAL for K/B controller use  
14.318 MHz OSC for sound blaster use  
4.7 Cache Memory  
The primary (L1) and secondary (L2) level cache are integrated on the CPU. By incorporating  
the cache on-die (meaning it is combined with the CPU into one component), Intel eliminates  
the need for separate components. The 256KB on-die L2 cache provides three (3X) times  
faster processor access, resulting in significant improvements in performance. Likewise, an  
integrated cache means a reduction of connections resulting in increased reliability.  
4.8 System Memory  
The memory subsystem, implemented on the motherboard, includes System and Video  
memory. The VIA Twister System Controller chip provides primary control for the system  
memory.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.8.1 System Memory  
The notebook offers two 64-bit SODIMM (Small Outline Dual Inline Memory Module)  
sockets for main memory configuration. The memory sockets accept any standard 144-pin  
SODIMM modules at 16MB, 32MB, 64MB, 128MB and 256MB sizes. Memory modules are  
3.3V SDRAM type.  
4.8.2 Video Memory  
The video memory of the notebook is embedded inside the VGA controller chip (S3 Savage  
4) with 8,16 and 32MB SMA video memory that can support display resolutions of up to  
1024 x 768 at 32-bit 16M color (TFT LCD).  
4.9 System BIOS  
The notebook utilizes the Phoenix BIOS 4.0 Release 6.0 (Basic I/O System) that contains  
both the main system BIOS and the VGA BIOS with Shadow BIOS capability. It utilizes  
Flash EPROM BIOS that allows instant erasing and programming without replacing the  
EPROM chip.  
The BIOS is stored in a 32-pin PLCC package FLASH ROM SST 28SF040A-90/120 or  
Winbond W29C040P-90 with 4Mbit size and is mounted into the motherboard. While posting  
the system, the Shadow RAM will be enabled and the ROM will be disabled.  
4.10 Video Subsystem  
The video subsystem, integrated inside the North Bridge chip and the LCD panel, controls the  
display output to both the LCD Panel screen and to the external VGA port.  
4.10.1 Video Chip Controller  
S3 Savage 4 also includes 8, 16 and 32MB of shared architecture memory (SMA) with all of  
the above in a single BGA package.  
Feature Summary of the S3 Savage 4:  
S3 Savage 4 Chip set  
32/64-Bit 8/16/32MB SMA video buffer  
Designed for AGP 4X/2X with side-band addressing and execute modes  
128 bit engine with dual rendering pipelines  
Floating point triangle setup engine Single cycle 3D architecture and trilinear filtering  
True color rendering  
140MHz pixels/sectrilinear fill rate  
8M triangle/sec setup engine Full speed DVD video play back  
VESA-DPMS 2.0 and DDC2  
Support Industry standard S3 Texture Compression  
4-10  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
Support major 3D standards: DierctX, OpenGL  
Support Pentium III SEE Command and AMD K6-2 / 3 , K7 3Dnow!  
Technology.Resolution up to 1920x1440  
Frame Buffer Size  
Resolutions Supported  
640x480x8/16/32 bit  
800x600x8/16/32 bit  
1024x768x8/16/32 bit  
1280x1024x8/16 bit  
1280x1024x32 bit  
1600x1200x8/16 bit  
1600x1200x32 bit  
1920x1440x8 bit  
8MB  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
16/32MB  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
1920x1440x16 bit  
1920x1440x32 bit  
Yes  
4.10.2 Video Clock  
VIA VT82C686B provides input to generate VGA internal slate machine, MCLK, and  
DCLK. Also provides 32.768 KHz O/P for video RAM refresh.  
4.11 PCMCIA Controller  
The PCMCIA controller of the notebook is implemented on the motherboard using the  
O2Micro OZ6933 CardBus Controller. The notebook supports two PCMCIA slots for  
insertion of two Type I/II cards at the same time.  
CARDBUS CONTROLLERS  
The OZ6933 is an ACPI and PC98/99 logo certified high performance, dual slot PC Card  
controller with a synchronous 32-bit bus master/target PCI interface. This PC Card to PCI  
bridge host controller is compliant with the 2000 PC Card Standard. This standard  
incorporates the new 32-bit CardBus while retaining the 16-bit PC Card specification as  
defined by PCMCIA release 2.1. CardBus is intended to support "temporal" add-in functions  
on PC Cards, such as Memory cards, Network interfaces, FAX/Modems and other wireless  
communication cards, etc. The high performance and capability of the CardBus interface will  
enable the new development of many new functions and applications.  
The OZ6933 CardBus controller is compliant with the latest ACPI-PCI Bus Power  
Management interface Specification. It supports all four power states and the PME# function  
for maximum power savings and ACPI compliance. Additional compliance to On Now Power  
Management includes D3 cold state support, paving the way for low sleep state power  
consumption and minimized resume times. To allow host software to reduce power  
consumption further, the OZ6933 provides a power-down mode in which internal clock  
distribution and the PC Card socket clocks are stopped. An advanced CMOS process is also  
used to minimize system power consumption.  
The OZ6933 dual PCMCIA socket supports two 3.3V/5V 8/16-bit PC Card R2 cards or 32-bit  
CardBus R3 cards. The R2 card support is compatible with the Intel 82365SL PCIC controller,  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
and the R3 card support is fully compliant with the 2000 PC Card Standard CardBus  
specification. The OZ6933 is an additional buffer chip for the PC Card socket interface. In  
Addition, the OZ6933 supports dynamic PC Card hot insertion and removal, with auto  
configuration capabilities.  
The OZ6933 is fully complains with the 33Mhz PCI Bus specification, v2.2. It supports a  
master device with internal CardBus direct data transfer. The OZ6933 implements FIFO data  
buffer architecture between the PCI bus and CardBus socket interface to enhance data  
transfers to CardBus Devices. The bi-directional FIFO buffer permits the OZ6933 to accept  
data from a target bus (PCI or CardBus interface) while simultaneously transferring data. This  
architecture not only speeds up data transfers but also prevents system deadlocks.  
The OZ6933 is a PCMCIA R2/CardBus controller, providing the most advanced design  
flexibility for PC Cards that interface with advanced notebook designs.  
FEATURES - Dual Slot Solution OZ6933  
Supports 2 PCMCIA 2.1 and JEIDA 4.2 R2 cards or 2 CardBus cards  
ACPI-PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification Rev 1.1 Compliant  
Supports OnNow LAN wakeup, OnNow Ring Indicate, PCI CLKRUN#, PME#, and  
CardBus CCLKRUN#  
Compliant with the 33Mhz PCI Specification V2.2, 2000 PC Card Standard 7.1 for  
OZ6933  
Yenta™ PCI to PCMCIA CardBus Bridge register compatible  
ExCA (Exchangeable Card Architecture) compatible registers map-able in memory  
and I/O space  
Intel™ 82365SL PCIC Register Compatible  
Supports PCMCIA_ATA Specification  
Supports 5V/3.3V PC and 3.3V Cardbus cards  
Supports two PC Card or CardBus slots with hot insertion and removal  
Supports multiple FIFOs for PCI/CardBus data transfer  
Supports Direct Memory Access for PC/PCI and PCI/Way on PC Card socket  
Programmable interrupt protocol: PCI, PCI+ISA, PCI/Way, or PC/PCI interrupt  
signaling modes  
Win'98 IRQ and PC-98/99 compliant  
Parallel or Serial interface for socket power control devices including Micrel and TI  
Integrated PC 98/99 -Subsystem Vendor ID support, with auto lock bit  
LED Activity Pins  
4-12  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
OZ6933 supports D3cold state PME# wakeup; 3.3Vaux Power; and Zoomed video  
buffer enable pins  
OZ6860: "Built-in" live video, high throughput, multimedia ZV ports support without  
additional buffers; 3V card protection during host system suspend with Auto Card  
VS# resensing; dedicated ZV output port to LCD controller  
SmartCardBus™ (OZ711E1/OZ711E2) combines a Smart Card reader and CardBus  
controller in a single IC. In addition to meeting PC Card standards, SmartCardBus is  
compliant to Microsoft PC/SC, ISO 7816-1, -2, -3 electrical specifications, standard protocols  
including T = 0, T = 1, and synchronous and asynchronous formats. SmartCardBus lowers the  
cost of ownership of e-commerce and corporate security Smart Card applications.  
4.12 Audio Subsystem  
The audio subsystem is integrated inside the South Bridge chip on the motherboard. Refer to  
the System Core Logic section of this chapter.  
An internal two-way mini speaker and microphone provide the notebook with mobile sound  
generation and recording capabilities. In addition, a set of 3.5mm bayonet socket (1/8”  
minijack) connectors allow for external microphone, line inputs, and headphone outputs.  
4.13 Keyboard and Pointing Device  
The Keyboard Subsystem of the notebook is implemented on the Motherboard and Keyboard  
Assembly using the Mitsubishi 38867M8 keyboard controller chip and the Phoenix  
MultiKey/M3886L keyboard controller firmware. This chip controls the internal built-in  
keyboard, the built-in touchpad pointing device, as well as the external PS/2 keyboard and  
mouse port. The keyboard controller allows simultaneous use of both the internal and external  
keyboard and PS/2 mouse.  
The A360 membrane keyboard is an 86-key IBM 101-key enhanced compatible keyboard  
with standard characters and 12 function keys including an embedded numeric keypad. See  
Chapter 1 for more information.  
The pointing device subsystem consists of the built-in Synaptics touch pad pointing device  
module on the system top cover assembly and a pre-programmed Mitsubishi 38867M8 micro-  
controller that interfaces the mouse device to the Motherboard. The touch pad module is  
connected to battery board through a 6-pin FPC cable. An external PS/2 port also supports the  
use of an external PS/2 compatible mouse where the system automatically detects on system  
power up and runs both internal and external mouse simultaneously.  
The Synatics touch pad, a pointing device for personal computers, detects the position of a  
finger over a touch-sensitive area. To move the cursor, the user lightly slides a finger over the  
smooth sensor area. To ‘click’, the user gently taps on the surface.  
The ultra-thin module is the thinnest PCB based touchpad available today. It is a capacitive  
sensor - the finger is detected by measuring its effect on an array of capacitive lines integrated  
into the PC board. The pad senses both the finger’s position and its contact area (X, Y, and  
Z). The area of contact is a measure of applied pressure. One side of the module PC board is  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
the sensor surface; electronic components are mounted on the other side. The sensitive area is  
protected by a layer of smooth and durable mylar.  
The Synatics touch pad communicates with the host via a standard PS/2 mouse or trackball  
interface. It is fully compatible with the standard Microsoft mouse driver. The module  
connector includes the PS/2 signal pins, power supply pins and two connections for external  
button switches.  
The Synatics touch pad includes a special “edge-motion” feature that allows the user to  
extend a drag operation when the finger reaches the edge of the sensor pad. The cursor  
continues to coast in the indicated direction when the finger is held against the edge.  
4.14 Disk Drives Subsystem  
The disk drives subsystem, implemented on the Motherboard and on the associated internal  
hard disk drive assembly and device bay, provides disk storage for all system software and  
user files.  
The notebook is equipped with high capacity hard disk drive using Enhanced IDE controller  
with LBA (Logical Block Addressing) and Ultra DMA mode support.  
The VT82C686B controller chip provides the Primary IDE controller for the internal hard  
disk, and the Secondary Master for the CD-ROM.  
The floppy disk drive supports standard 3.5-inch 720KB and 1.44MB mini-diskettes while  
adding support for 1.2MB (3 Mode) mini-diskettes for Japanese market.  
The notebook uses the 24X-speed IDE CD-ROM Drive that reads digital data stored on CD-  
ROM at 24 times faster rotational speed. The CD-ROM drive supports CD-DA transfer over  
ATAPI function that the host system can read CD audio data. The drive also supports Photo-  
CD Multi-session disc compatibility and Multimedia PC-3 specification compatibility. The  
notebook also could use the 8X+ speed IDE DVD-ROM Drive that reads DVD digital data  
stored on DVD-ROM at 8 times faster rotational speed.  
4.15 Power Subsystem  
The Power Subsystem consists of the following major sections:  
4.15.1 AC Power Adapter  
The computer is equipped with a 60W universal AC power adapter that converts AC voltage  
(100 to 240VAC, 50 to 60Hz) into DC voltage used to operate the notebook and charge the  
batteries.  
4.15.2 Internal Battery Pack  
The computer utilizes Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH) or Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) that provides  
DC power for the notebook and real time clock battery on the motherboard when the AC  
Adapter is not connected to the computer.  
The normal charging time for the battery is around 2.5 hours when computer is turn off while  
it should take around 8 hours when the computer is running. Running time of battery is  
around 2 to 2.5 hours.  
4-14  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.15.3 DC-DC Module of Motherboard  
The DC-DC module receives approximately 12VDC from the battery pack and uses this input  
voltage to generate multiple regulated output voltages to provide power for all internal  
notebook board assemblies.  
4.15.4 LCD Inverter Board Assembly  
The LCD Inverter Board Assembly is located in the LCD Panel Assembly. It converts the  
+12VDC input directly from the Battery Pack into a high voltage AC output used to light the  
CCFT (Cold-Cathode Fluorescent Tube).  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Functional Overview  
4.16 Micro-P Subsystem (PMU-07)  
The micro controller Mitsubishi PMU07 acts as a supplement for the power management  
control. It supports many functions via the SMBus interface.  
The system communicates with the PMU07 via the SMBus interface. The SMBus host  
(M38867) should be first initialized before starting the transaction. The following is the  
procedure for system communication with PMU07:  
1. Enable SMBus interface by writing 01h to SmbHstCfg register.  
2. Get SMBus I/O port base address by reading from SmbBA register.  
3. Clear SMBus status by writing 1Eh to SmbHstSts register.  
4. Write the PMU07 slave address to SmbHstAdd register.  
Send command to PMU07 -- Slave address is 04h.  
Read data from PMU07 -- Slave address is 05h.  
5. Write the desired command to SmbHstCmd register.  
6. Write the desired parameters to SmbHstDat0(High byte) and SmbHstDat1(Low byte)  
registers if the system wants to send command to PMU07.  
7. Wait for SMBus interrupt occurred by monitoring SmbHstSts register INTR bit.  
8. Get the desired data by reading from SmbHstDat0(High byte) and SmbHstDat1(Low  
byte) registers if the system wants to read data from PMU07.  
Features Summary of the Micro-P:  
5 channels 8-bit analog to digital converter  
Timer0: 8-bit tuner/counter with 8-bit prescaler  
Timer1: 16-bit timer/counter. TMR1 can be incremented during sleep via external  
crystal/clock  
Timer2: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register, prescaler and postscaler  
Capture, Compare, PWM module  
Synchronous Serial port (SSP) with SPI and I2C  
Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART/SCI)  
Brown-out detection circuitry for Brown-out Reset (BOR)  
2K bytes program memory  
128 bytes data memory  
22 I/O pin  
8 interrupt sources  
4-16  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
5
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5.1 Introduction  
This section contains preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the A360  
notebook. The first part of the section describes the computer cleaning procedures and  
preferred handling procedures for sensitive components (e.g. disk drives, LCD, CPU,  
batteries).  
The second part of the chapter identifies all field replaceable parts with the remainder  
explaining the removal and replacement procedures for the field replaceable parts.  
5.2 Preventive Maintenance  
Preventive maintenance is limited to cleaning the plastic case, the keyboard, and the display  
screen and cleaning the floppy drive heads as required.  
5.2.1 Cleaning the Computer  
When it is necessary to clean the plastic case and keyboard, use a soft lint-free cloth, slightly  
dampened with a mild detergent solution, or use the contents of any commercially available  
computer cleaning kit.  
L
Never use alcohol, petroleum-based solvents, or harsh detergents to clean the  
notebook. Also, do not spray any liquids directly on the computer case,  
keyboard, or screen. If the liquid-crystal display (LCD) screen has become  
smeared or dusty, clean the screen by first applying a mild glass cleaner to a  
soft, clean, lint-free cloth, and gently wipe the glass. Never apply liquids directly  
on the screen surface. Moreover, do not use paper towels to clean the display  
screen. Paper can scratch the display screen matte.  
5.2.2 Protecting the Disk Drives  
To protect the disk drives and data, back up the system disk periodically on floppy diskettes.  
Periodically use a head-cleaning diskette in the floppy diskette drive to prolong the life of the  
drive and to help maintain data integrity.  
5.2.3 Maintaining the LCD Quality  
When it comes to screen problems, heat plays a big part. After a good working session, the  
typical routine is to shut the machine and close the cover. But the display surface - no matter  
what type it is - and the components inside the computer radiates heat; when you close the  
cover, you trap the heat against the screen. Leave the computer's cover open for about ten  
minutes while the heat disperses. Make this a habit.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5.2.4 Maintaining the Hard Disk Drive  
The hard disk drive is one of the most common parts that always gets problem. Here is some  
preventive maintenance that you can do when handling the hard disk.  
Always back up the data files from the hard disk.  
Run a virus detecting program for possible virus infected area on the hard disk.  
Use SCANDISK to correct any errors found in the directory and File Allocation Table  
(FAT). This will also free up space from any unused sectors.  
Never turn the computer off when the hard disk is being accessed.  
Never move or raise the computer while the hard disk is being accessed, most especially  
don't jar the hard disk as this may cause a hard disk crash.  
Use hard disk system tools like Disk Defragmenter under Windows. This reorganizes  
your hard disk by eliminating fragmentation and improves the hard disk access time.  
5.2.5 Handling the Computer Battery Packs  
The battery packs furnished with the computer require reasonable care and handling to ensure  
efficient operation and maximum life. Periodically inspect the battery terminals and the  
batteries for evidence of corrosion and oxide build-up.  
To ensure that the battery packs endure normal life cycle, always observe the following  
precautions when handling the battery packs:  
Do not drop the battery packs or subject them to excessive shock and vibration.  
Do not expose the battery packs to direct sunlight, moisture, or chemical compounds.  
Do not disassemble the battery packs.  
Do not use the battery packs to power other devices.  
Do not short the battery leads or connect the battery with reversed polarity.  
Never attempt to charge the battery packs in any way other than as described in this  
manual and the User’s Manual.  
Always charge the battery packs as soon as possible after a low battery indication.  
5-2  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5.3 Required Tools and Equipment  
To troubleshoot and repair PC systems properly, you need a few basic tools:  
Tweezers  
Small flat-blade screwdriver  
Small Cross screwdriver  
Regular size Cross screwdriver  
Small Hex-bolt screwdriver  
L
All boards, options, and peripherals contain components that are sensitive to  
static electricity. When handling any of these items, use wrist or ankle grounding  
straps and grounded working mats. When moving or storing items, use the anti-  
static bags supplied with the items.  
5.4 Notebook Field-Replaceable Parts and Assemblies  
The notebook contains two major assemblies: The Cover Display LCD Assembly and the  
System Unit Assembly.  
Cover Display  
LCD Assembly  
System Unit  
Assembly  
Figure 5-1  
Cover Display and System Unit Assembly  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5.4.1 Cover-Display LCD assembly  
The Cover-Display LCD Assembly includes the following major Field Replaceable  
Units/parts (FRUs):  
LCD Face and Back Panel Cover  
These parts are used to cover the whole LCD Panel assembly, which includes the LCD  
Display Module, the LCD FPC cables, and inverter board.  
LCD Display Module  
12.1”/13.3”/14.1” LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) screen is used for output display. This  
part is assembled together with LCD Power Inverter Board, and LCD cables contained  
inside the whole LCD Panel. Handle this part with care against static electricity and  
accidents that can break the LCD.  
LCD Power Inverter Board  
This part or PCB (Printed Circuit Board) is used to provide high voltage to the CCFT  
(Cold Cathode Fluorescent Tube) of the notebook’s LCD backlighting. It is connected to  
the right side of the LCD display screen and attached to the back panel by a screw.  
Exercise safety electrical precautions in handling and servicing this part. The circuit board  
also includes the function for displaying the power status and battery charge LED  
indicators.  
LCD FPC Cable  
The LCD FPC cable is used to convert output signals from the motherboard in driving the  
LCD display screen. The cable is connected to the back of the LCD Panel.  
5.4.2 System Unit Assembly  
The System Unit Assembly comprise of several assemblies of which can be divided into two  
major sub-assemblies.  
The System Top Unit Assembly.  
The System Base Unit Assembly.  
The following System Top Unit Assembly includes the following major Field Replaceable  
Units/parts (FRUs):  
Glidepad Touch Pad Module Assembly  
The touch pad (glide pad) pointing device module is assembled at the underside of the top  
cover with the sensor pad exposed on the top. The assembly comprises of the glide pad  
board, the glide pad converter board, the select buttons bracket casing, the insulator sheet,  
the glide pad FPC cable, and the glidepad wire cable. The glide pad board is assembled  
just underneath the select button assembly. It provides a FPC cable connector for the  
mother board.  
Keyboard Panel Assembly  
The keyboard is assembled on top of the system unit and connected to the main board’s  
keyboard FPC type connector. The keyboard is also secured on the system’s top unit  
casing. There are no screws attached to the keyboard.  
5-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
Heat Plate and Fan Exhaust Unit  
The Fan Exhaust unit is assembled on the upper-right side of the system unit. It comprises  
of a heat plate and one fan. There are seven screws securing the heat plate to the CPU  
module inserted on the motherboard. The exhaust fan is secured beside the heat plate.  
Keyboard Cover Assembly  
The keyboard cover is a thin bracket for holding the keyboard as well as covering the  
base unit. It is also includes the power button, easy buttons, and status LED cover  
moldings.  
The following System Base Unit Assembly includes the following major Field Replaceable  
Units/parts (FRUs):  
Battery Pack  
This is one of more easily replaceable parts. The battery pack is found on the right side on  
the base unit and can be easily removed by pressing the latch underneath the unit and  
pulling the battery on its handle. The battery pack is replaced as a whole and must not be  
opened for repair.  
Hard Disk Drive Module  
The Hard Disk Drive is attached on the lower-left side of the system base unit located just  
below the keyboard. The HDD is secured by only one screw. The HDD module is a 2.5-  
inch hard disk drive with a maximum height of 9.5mm. The hard drive module assembly  
is attached to the motherboard through the HDD connector.  
CD-ROM / DVD-ROM / CD-RW Drive Assembly  
The CD-ROM / DVD-ROM / CD-RW Drive Assembly is attached on the left side of the  
base unit and is secured with one screws.\  
Floppy Disk Drive Assembly  
The Floppy Drive assembly is located at the front left side of the base unit just underneath  
the HDD assembly. It is assembled to the unit with one screw secured on the left side.  
CPU  
The Pentium-III/Celeron FC-PGA socket is found on the top right part of the  
motherboard. You will need a flat screwdriver and CPU tooling for removing or installing  
the CPU. Refer to Chapter 2 on how to install and upgrade the CPU.  
Speaker Assembly  
The internal speakers of the notebook are assembled into front side of the system. They  
are secured into a slot and speaker cable connector is attached into the main board.  
Motherboard Assembly  
The Motherboard assembly is the most important part of the notebook. It contains the  
entire major chipsets including the core logic, PCMCIA, memory, and BIOS to operate  
the whole computer. It also includes the sockets, connectors and ports completing the  
functionality.  
Internal Modem / LAN / Combo Module Assembly  
If the computer includes an internal modem, LAN, or combo module, it is located  
underneath the motherboard using a mini-PCI slot.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
System Base Unit Case  
The System Base Unit Case is where the Motherboard is placed. It includes openings for  
the battery, FDD, CD-ROM and PCMCIA equipment.  
5.5 Parts Removal and Replacement Procedures  
This section contains the field service-level removal/ replacement procedures for the  
notebook. The notebook is designed for optimum modularity in order to make field  
replacement and maintenance easy and efficient.  
5.5.1 Removing the Battery Pack  
The procedure for removing and replacing the battery pack is as follows:  
1. The battery pack is located on the right side of the system unit.  
2. To release the battery pack, locate the battery latch found underneath the unit.  
3. Push the latch to release the lock and at the same time pull the battery pack out.  
5.5.2 Removing the Keyboard  
The internal keyboard is located above the system top unit and is fitted in without screws on  
the top unit case. Follow the steps below on how to remove the keyboard:  
1. Remove keyboard cover by gently bending it and sliding it towards in front of you.  
Keyboard Cover  
Bend Up  
Figure 5-2  
Remove keyboard cover  
2. Lift the keyboard and tilt it towards the LCD panel.  
5-6  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
3. Release keyboard cable by sliding the ZIF connector towards up direction.  
Figure 5-3  
Remove keyboard  
5.5.3 Removing the Palm Rest and Glide Pad  
Follow the procedure below on how to remove them:  
1. Remove the five screws securing the palm-rest cover underneath the system base unit.  
screws  
Figure 5-4  
Remove Palm Reset  
2. Remove the palm-rest cover by slowly unsnapping each section of the palm-rest cover  
from the base unit.  
3. Slowly lift the cover case, and you will find two cables connected to the main board. One  
is from glidepad, and another one is from Audio DJ panel. Pull the glidepad cable and  
Audio DJ panel from the main board to separate the palm-rest cover from the system unit.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
4. Underneath the palm-rest cover, you will see the glidepad module assembly. Remove the  
five screws on the glidepad converter board where the glidepad wire cable is connected.  
Glidepad  
Palm-rest  
module  
panel/cover  
Connectors  
Figure 5-5  
Removing Palm Rest / Glide Pad  
5. When the converted board is removed, you can remove the select-button bracket casing  
covering the glidepad board.  
6. Replace a new glidepad module and reverse the procedure to reassemble.  
5.5.4 Removing the Internal Hard Disk Drive  
The notebook provides a built-in hard disk for the primary IDE controller. The HDD is an  
industry standard 2.5” IDE disk drive with a maximum height of 9.5mm.  
1. Find out the built-in hard disk secured with one screw at the upper right corner of the hard  
disk. Remove this screw and carefully pull the hard disk module from the connector.  
screws  
Figure 5-6  
The disassembly of Hard Disk Drive  
5-8  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
2. Remove four screws of frame HDD bracket plate. Two ones of them are at the same side,  
and others are at the other sides.  
screws  
Figure 5-7  
Screws Locations of the frame HDD bracket plate  
5.5.5 Removing the LCD Panel  
The procedure for removing the LCD Panel is as follows:  
1. Follow the steps above in removing the keyboard cover.  
2. You will find the LCD panel connector with a cover attached to the system unit using two  
screws. Remove the screws of the cover and pull out the FPC connector.  
Two screws of LCD  
panel connector  
Figure 5-8  
Two Screws of LCD Panel Connector  
3. There are four screws securing both LCD hinges to the system unit. Two screws are at the  
rear side of notebook, and the other two screws are at the under side. Remove the screws  
to separate the LCD panel from the system unit.  
Two  
screws  
Two  
screws  
Figure 5-9  
Four Screws Securing the LCD Hinges  
4. Slowly pullout the LCD panel from the system unit.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5. To remove the LCD panel, you need to disassemble the LCD bezel and LCD cover back.  
Remove six screws on the front bezel as shown in the figure below. Then, carefully  
separate the front bezel cover from the LCD assembly.  
Six Screws  
Hinges  
Figure 5-10  
LCD Bezel Screw Locations  
5.5.6 Removing the Heat Sink Plate  
1. Release seven screws as shown in the picture below.  
screws  
Figure 5-11  
Remove heat sink plate  
2. Remove heat sink plate by slightly lifting it up.  
5-10  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5.5.7 Removing the CPU  
1. For doing this disassembly, you need first to do the disassembly for the keyboard cover,  
keyboard, and heat sink plate.  
2. Use a flat screw driver and insert it into the CPU socket and tilt it towards in front of you  
to unlock CPU from the socket. It’s recommended to use the protective tooling securing  
CPU against damage.  
Insert flat screw driver into  
the CPU socket. To unlock  
CPU, Tilt it in front of you.  
CPU Protective  
Tooling  
Figure 5-12  
Remove CPU  
5.5.8 Removing the CD-ROM Module  
The procedure for removing and replacing the CD-ROM module is as follows:  
1. Before removing the CD-ROM module, you need to disassemble keyboard first.  
2. To remove the CD-ROM module, remove one screw securing the CD-ROM bracket and  
push out the drive from the connector.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
3. Slowly slide the CD-ROM module out of the base unit.  
Push and slide CD-ROM  
screws  
Figure 5-13  
Remove CD-ROM Drive  
4. To replace the CD-ROM, remove the metal bracket around it.  
5.5.9 Removing the Top Cover and System Cover  
The procedure for removing the top cover and system cover is as follows:  
1. Before removing the top case, you need first to disassemble keyboard cover, keyboard,  
palm rest, LCD panel, and HDD.  
Ten  
Screws  
Figure 5-14  
Top Cover Screw Locations  
5-12  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
2. To remove the top cover, you need to remove several screws. There are ten screws found  
on the top cover as indicated on the figure previous page. Remove them all.  
3. Slowly unsnap the top cover from the system cover. Release one cable connected from  
the RTC battery to the main board and the other cable connected from the internal  
microphone to the main board. Then pull out the top cover.  
4. Then to remove the system cover, you need to remove several screws. There are five  
screws and two hex bolts found on the system cover as indicated on the figure below.  
Remove them all.  
Two  
Hex  
Bolts  
Screws  
Figure 5-15  
System Cover Screw Locations  
5. Release one cable connected from the fan to the main board and notice a rubber foot of  
fan module. Then Slowly unsnap the system cover from the bottom case.  
5.5.10 Removing the Internal Speakers  
The internal speakers are connected on the front side of the base unit assembly. They are  
connected to the main board using wire cable. Follow the procedures below and illustration  
on how to remove the panel:  
1. Before removing the internal speaker module, you need first to disassemble keyboard,  
palm rest, HDD, LCD panel, heat sink plate, CD-ROM, top cover, and system cover.  
Internal  
Speaker  
Connector  
Figure 5-16  
Internal Speaker Assembly  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
2. The speakers are located on the front side of the base unit. There are no screws attached  
to it, just unhook the panel from the speaker compartment case.  
3. The speaker cable is directly connected to the main board. Pull the cable and take it out.  
5.5.11 Removing the FDD Module  
The procedures for removing and replacing the FDD module is as follows:  
1. Before removing the internal speaker module, you need first to disassemble keyboard,  
palm rest, HDD, LCD panel, heat sink plate, CD-ROM, top cover, system cover, and  
internal speakers. The FDD cable is connected to main board. Detach the FDD cable also.  
2. The FDD module is assembled to the lower left side of the base unit, just on bottom of the  
hard disk drive.  
Screws  
Figure 5-17  
Remove Floppy Disk Drive  
3. Remove three screws securing around the FDD metal plate.  
4. Detach the FDD cable connected to the main board.  
5. Slowly lift the entire FDD module and remove from the base unit.  
6. To remove the metal plate in order to replace the FDD  
5-14  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance & Disassembly  
5.5.12 Removing / Replacing the Motherboard  
The motherboard contains the major chipset and components needed to run the notebook.  
Follow the steps below on how to remove and replace the motherboard:  
1. Before removing the motherboard, you need first to disassemble the all basis unit  
modules mentioned in the previous sections.  
2. On the motherboard, there are ten hex bolts and two screws as showed below. Remove  
these hex bolts and screws.  
Six Hex bolts at Rear Side of Notebook  
Hex bolts  
Lid Switch  
Screws  
Figure 5-18  
Motherboard Screws Location  
3. Detach the lid switch cable connected to the main board  
4. When all screws ,bolts, and lid switch cable are removed, slowly detached the main board  
from the base unit casing. Notice the close gap between the volume control knob and  
button case and may use the specific tooling to separate them more easily.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
6
Troubleshooting & Repair  
6.1 Introduction  
This chapter provides the most common problem encountered with the A360 notebook  
computer and some troubleshooting means. Some of the common problems are:  
System BIOS Related Problems  
LCD Display Problems  
System Power and Boot-Up Problems  
External Interface Problems (Serial, Printer, CRT, USB, PS/2)  
Audio Problems  
PCMCIA Problems  
Power Management Problems  
Input Device Problems (Keyboard and Glidepad)  
6.1.1 Helpful Starters  
Here are a few helpful starters to begin with before troubleshooting the notebook:  
Is there any external power source connected to the computer?  
Does the battery installed been fully charged?  
Is the computer turn on and the POWER LED activated?  
Are all cables connected properly and securely?  
Are all needed device drivers been installed properly?  
Is the Power Management function enabled under OS Setup? Press any key to wake  
system up again.  
6.2 System BIOS Related Problems  
This section provides you with information on how the BIOS handles errors encountered  
during POST (Power On Self Test) and translate them to beep codes and error messages.  
Refer to this whenever you encounter error messages or beep codes generated by the  
computer during startup.  
6.2.1 POST Messages  
The following is a summary of the Phoenix BIOS startup error messages that is displayed  
on the notebook’s screen. These messages help you in understanding some of the  
notebook’s problems that may be corrected by entering the BIOS SETUP program and  
checking the original values.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
Table 6-1(a)  
POST Error Messages  
Message  
Possible Cause  
Action  
Diskette drive A failure  
The drive failed or is missing. Check the drive to determine the  
problem.  
Floppy Disk Controller is  
disabled.  
Enabled the FDD Controller.  
Diskette read failure - press The diskette is either not  
Replace the diskette with a  
bootable diskette and retry.  
F1 to retry boot, F2 for  
SETUP utility  
formatted or is defective.  
Display adapter failed,  
using alternate  
The primary video adapter  
failed.  
Check the primary video  
adapter.  
Gate A20 failure  
The keyboard controller is not Check the keyboard controller  
accepting command,  
specifically, the enable and  
disable A20 command.  
and system board. Turn the  
power off, then back on again. If  
the problem persists contact  
qualified service personnel.  
Fixed disk configuration  
error  
The specified configuration is Correct the fixed disk  
not supported or doesn't  
match the actual hardware  
installed.  
configuration.  
Fixed disk controller failure The fixed disk may be  
Try rebooting. If that doesn't  
work, replace the fixed disk.  
defective.  
Fixed disk read failure-  
press F1 to retry boot, F2  
for SETUP utility  
The fixed disk may be  
configured incorrectly or is  
defective.  
Check the drive type selected in  
SETUP. Try rebooting. If that  
does not work, replace the fixed  
disk.  
Pointer device failure  
The PS/2-style mouse failed.  
Try rebooting. If problem  
persists, check the mouse, it's  
cable and connector.  
No boot device available -  
press F1 to retry boot, F2  
for SETUP utility  
Either diskette drive A:, the  
fixed disk, or both the  
diskette and fixed disk are  
defective.  
Try rebooting. If problem  
persists, replace the diskette or  
the fixed disk.  
No boot sector on fixed  
disk – press F1 to retry  
boot, F2 for SETUP utility  
The C: drive is not formatted  
or is not bootable.  
Format the C: drive and make it  
bootable.  
Not a boot diskette - press  
F1 to retry boot, F2 for  
SETUP utility  
The diskette in drive A: is not  
formatted as a bootable  
diskette.  
Replace the diskette with a  
bootable diskette and try  
rebooting.  
No timer tick interrupt  
The timer chip has failed.  
Check the system board, Turn  
the power off, then back on  
again. If the problem persists,  
contact qualified service  
personnel.  
Shutdown failure  
Either the keyboard controller Check the keyboard controller  
is not accepting the reset  
command or the associated  
reset logic has failed.  
and system board. Turn the  
power off, then back on again. If  
the problem persists, contact  
qualified service personnel.  
Time of day not set - run  
SETUP program  
Real Time Clock not set.  
Run SETUP utility.  
6-2  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
Table 6-1(b)  
POST Error Messages  
Message  
Timer 2 failure  
Possible Cause  
Action  
The timer chip has failed.  
Check the system board. Turn  
the power off, then back on  
again. If the problem persists,  
contact qualified service  
personnel.  
F2 to enter ROM-based  
SETUP  
Invalid configuration  
information must be changed. correct configuration  
information.  
You must run SETUP utility and  
Invalid configuration  
information - please run  
SETUP  
Display adapter is configured  
incorrectly.  
Run the SETUP utility.  
Memory size is incorrect.  
Wrong number of diskette  
drives.  
Other configuration errors.  
Keyboard clock line failure  
The keyboard, the keyboard  
cable connection, or the  
keyboard controller is  
defective.  
Make sure the keyboard cable  
and keyboard are connected  
properly. Check the keyboard  
controller and the system  
board. Turn the power off, then  
back on again. If the problem  
persists, contact qualified  
service personnel.  
Keyboard data line failure  
Keyboard stuck key failure  
The keyboard controller  
firmware has failed.  
Check the keyboard controller  
and system board. Turn the  
power off, then back on again.  
If the problem persists, contact  
qualified service personnel.  
A key is jammed.  
Locate the jammed key and fix  
it. Make sure the keyboard  
cable and keyboard are  
connected properly. Turn the  
power off, then back on again.  
If the problem persists, contact  
qualified service personnel.  
Memory failure at hex-  
value, read hex-value,  
expecting hex-value  
Circuitry associated with the  
memory chips has failed.  
Turn the power off, then back  
on again. If the problem  
persists, contact qualified  
service personnel.  
Unexpected interrupt in  
protected mode  
Hardware interrupt or NMI  
occurred while in protected  
mode.  
Check the timer chip or the  
interrupt controller on the  
system board.  
Real time clock failure  
The RTC or battery failed.  
Run SETUP and turn the power  
off and on. If the problem  
persists, replace the RTC  
battery. If the problem remains,  
contact qualified service  
personnel.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.2.2 Informational Messages  
This section lists the messages that provide information to the user but require no action.  
Table 6-2  
BIOS Informational Messages  
Meaning  
Message  
nnnK Base Memory  
nnnK Extended  
The amount of base memory that tested successfully.  
The amount of extended memory that tested successfully.  
Memory tests terminated by  
keystroke  
The message indicates that a user pressed the spacebar  
while memory tests were running and stopped the  
memory tests.  
Press the F1 key to continue  
This message indicates that an error was found during  
POST. Pressing the F1 key allows the system to attempt  
to reboot.  
Beginning memory test Press the  
SPACEBAR to terminate the  
memory test  
A user can stop the memory tests by pressing the  
spacebar.  
Press the F1 key to continue, F2  
to run the Setup utility  
This message indicates that an error was found during  
POST. Pressing the F1 key allows the system to attempt  
to boot. Press F2 allows users to run the ROM-based  
SETUP utility to correct configuration information.  
6.2.3 Beep Codes  
Beep codes are used to identify a POST error that occurs when the screen is not available.  
Once the screen is operating, diagnostic messages are reported to the screen. There are beep  
codes for both fatal and non-fatal system board errors.  
L
No beep code is generated if a test is aborted while in progress. However,  
diagnostic cards can be installed in order to display the contents of the  
diagnostic port 80h and identify the area of failure.  
Explanation of test terms for beep code table  
The following terms are used in the Test Performed column of the beep code table:  
1. Pattern test - One or more particular patterns are written to a location then read back  
from the same location. Examples of patterns used are 55h and AAh. If the value read  
does not match the value written, the test is considered a failure.  
2. Rolling ones test - Several patterns are constructed. These patterns represent a one rolling  
through the given location. For example, to roll a one through three bits, the following  
patterns would be constructed: 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110, and 111. The patterns are  
written to the location and then read back, one by one. If the value read does not match  
the value written, the test is considered a failure.  
3. Rolling zeros test - Several patterns are constructed. These patterns represent a zero  
rolling through the given location. For example, to roll a zero through three bits, the  
following patterns would be constructed: 011, 001, and 000. The patterns are written to  
the location and then read back, one by one. If the value read does not match the value  
written, the test is considered a failure.  
4. Checksum test - All of the values in a given range of locations are added together. The  
6-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
range includes a location which when added to sum of the ranges, will produce a known  
result, such as zero.  
Beep codes for system board errors  
Table 6-3 (a) BIOS Beep Codes  
Beep  
Code  
Diagnostic  
Code  
Description  
Test Performed  
none  
1-1-3  
1-1-4  
1-2-1  
01h  
CPU registers test in  
progress or failure  
Pattern test of most of the 16-bit CPU  
registers. Failure will result in a system  
halt.  
02h  
03h  
04h  
CMOS write/read test in  
progress or failure.  
Rolling ones test in the shutdown byte  
(offset 0Eh) of the CMOS RAM. Failure  
will result in a system halt.  
ROM BIOS checksum test in  
progress or failure.  
The range of ROM that includes the  
BIOS is checksummed. Failure will result  
in a system halt.  
Programmable interval timer  
0 test in progress or failure.  
Over a period of time, the current count  
values in timer 0 are read and  
accumulated by ORing them into the  
values read so far. It is expected that  
during the time period, all bits will be set.  
Failure will result in a system halt.  
1-2-2  
05h  
DMA channel 0 address and  
Rolling ones and rolling zeros test of the  
count register test in progress address and count registers of DMA  
or failure.  
channel 0. Failure will result in a system  
halt.  
1-2-3  
1-3-1  
06h  
08h  
DMA page register write/read  
test in progress of failure.  
Pattern test of DMA page registers.  
Failure will result in a system halt.  
RAM refresh verification test  
in progress or failure.  
Over a period of time, the refresh bit (bit  
4) in port 60h is read and tested. The  
refresh bit should toggle from 0 to 1, then  
1 to 0 within the time period. Failure will  
result in system halt.  
none  
1-3-3  
09h  
0Ah  
First 64K RAM test in  
progress.  
No specific test is performed - just  
indicates that the test is beginning.  
First 64K RAM chip or data  
line failure, multi-bit.  
The first 64K of RAM is tested with a  
rolling ones test and a pattern test. If any  
of the pattern tests fail, then the BIOS  
reports that multiple data bits failure.  
Failure results in a system halt.  
1-4-2  
0Dh  
Parity failure first 64K RAM  
At the completion of the rolling ones and  
pattern tests of the first 64K, the BIOS  
checks the parity error bits (bits 7 and 6)  
of port 60h. Failure results in a system  
halt.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
Table 6-3 (b) BIOS Beep Codes  
Beep  
Code  
Diagnostic  
Description  
Test Performed  
Code  
2-1-1  
2-1-2  
2-1-3  
2-1-4  
2-2-1  
2-2-2  
2-2-3  
2-2-4  
2-3-1  
2-3-2  
2-3-3  
2-3-4  
2-4-1  
2-4-2  
2-4-3  
2-4-4  
3-3-1  
10h-1Fh  
First 64K RAM chip or data  
line failure on bit x  
The first 64K of RAM is tested with a  
rolling ones test and a pattern test. If any  
of the rolling ones tests fail, then the  
BIOS reports the specific bit that failed.  
To determine the bit number from the  
diagnostic code, subtract 10h. For  
example, if 12h is displayed at the  
diagnostic port, bit 2 failed. Failure  
results in a system halt.  
20h  
21h  
Slave DMA register test in  
progress or failure.  
Pattern test of channels 1 through 3 of  
the slave controller (starting port address  
= 02h). Failure results in a system halt.  
3-1-2  
3-1-3  
3-1-4  
Master DMA register test in  
progress or failure.  
Pattern test of channels 1 through 3 of  
the master DMA controller (starting port  
address = C4h). Failure results in a  
system halt.  
22h  
23h  
Master interrupt mask register Rolling ones and zeros tests of the mask  
test in progress or failure.  
register of the master programmable  
interrupt controller (port 21h). Failure  
results in a system halt.  
Slave interrupt mask register  
test in progress or failure.  
Rolling ones and zeros tests of the mask  
register of the master programmable  
interrupt controller (port A1h). Failure  
results in a system halt.  
none  
3-2-4  
25h  
27h  
Interrupt vector loading in  
progress.  
No specific test is performed - just  
indicates that the Interrupt Vector table is  
being initialized.  
Keyboard controller test in  
progress or failure.  
The self-test command (AAh) is issued to  
the 8042 (keyboard controller) and the  
results are monitored. Failure results in a  
system halt.  
None  
None  
28h  
29h  
CMOS RAM power failure  
and checksum calculation  
test in progress.  
The power-fail bit in CMOS RAM is  
tested and the lower CMOS RAM area is  
being checksummed. A failure does not  
result in system halt.  
CMOS RAM configuration  
validation for video in  
progress.  
No specific test is performed - just  
indicates that the configuration specified  
in CMOS for video is being matched  
against the actual installation. A failure  
does not result in a system halt.  
6-6  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
Table 6-3 (c) BIOS Beep Codes  
Beep  
Code  
Diagnostic  
Description  
Test Performed  
Code  
3-3-4  
2Bh  
Screen memory test in  
progress or failure.  
The video buffers (B0000h and B8000h)  
are tested with a pattern test and a  
rolling ones test. Failure will result in a  
beep code but not a system halt.  
3-4-1  
2Ch  
2Dh  
Screen initialization in  
progress.  
Until the video installation is confirmed,  
any calls to INT 10h Function 0 (set  
mode) will be prefaced with the  
diagnostic code. There is no expected  
failure from this.  
3-4-2  
None  
Screen retrace test in  
progress or failure.  
Over a period of time, the retrace bit  
(bit0) in the appropriate CRT controller  
status register (either port 3BAh or  
3DAh) is read and tested. The retrace bit  
should toggle from 0 to 1, then 1 to 0  
within the time period.  
2Eh  
Search for video ROM in  
progress.  
No specific test is performed by the  
system BIOS - just indicates that the  
BIOS is about to jump to the initialization  
code in the video option ROM.  
none  
none  
30h  
31h  
Screen running with video  
ROM.  
No specific test is performed - just  
indicates that a video option ROM was  
found and believed to be operating.  
Monochrome monitor  
operable.  
No specific test is performed - just  
indicates that the BIOS believes a  
monochrome monitor is installed and is  
operating.  
none  
none  
4-2-1  
32h  
33h  
34h  
Color monitor (40-column)  
operable.  
No specific test is performed - just  
indicates that the BIOS believes a color  
monitor is installed and is operating. The  
mode has been set to 40-column as  
selected by the user in CMOS RAM.  
Color monitor (80-column)  
operable.  
No specific test is performed - just  
indicates that the BIOS believes a color  
monitor is installed and is operating. The  
mode has been set to 80-column as  
selected by the user in CMOS RAM.  
Timer-tick interrupt test in  
progress or failure.  
All interrupts expect the timer-tick  
interrupt are masked off at the interrupt  
controllers. If a timer-tick interrupt does  
not occur during a specific time period,  
an error message is displayed on the  
screen. The system does not halt.  
4-2-2  
35h  
Shutdown test in progress or  
failure.  
A return address is stored in 40:67h and  
the processor is reset via the keyboard  
controller. If a timer tick occurs during  
this time period, an error message is  
displayed on the screen. Other failures  
are hard to detect. If possible, the BIOS  
will continue with POST, skipping the  
memory tests.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
Table 6-3 (d) BIOS Beep Codes  
Beep  
Code  
Diagnostic  
Description  
Test Performed  
Code  
4-2-3  
36h  
Gate A20 failure.  
To test extended memory, the processor  
must be placed in protected mode and  
the A20 line must be enabled. For the  
memory tests, the BIOS generally uses  
the keyboard controller to enable A20. If  
the A20 line is not properly set during the  
memory test, an error message is  
displayed on the screen and the memory  
test are suspended. The system does  
not halt.  
4-2-4  
37h  
Unexpected interrupt in  
protected mode.  
During the memory tests, the processor  
is placed in protected mode. All  
interrupts in the interrupt descriptor table  
are initialized to point to special handler  
that displays a message on the screen.  
All hardware interrupt are disabled. The  
system does not halt when an  
unexpected interrupt occurs.  
4-3-1  
4-3-2  
38h  
3Ah  
RAM test of memory above  
64K in progress or failure.  
The memory above the first 64K is tested  
with a rolling ones test and a pattern test.  
All success and failure messages are  
displayed on the screen and POST will  
continue.  
Programmable interval timer  
channel 2 test in progress or  
failure.  
Over a period of time, the current count  
values in timer 2 are read and  
accumulated by ORing them into the  
values read so far. It is expected that  
during the time period, all bits will be set.  
If an error is detected, an error message  
will be displayed on the screen and  
POST will continue.  
4-3-4  
3Bh  
Real-time clock test in  
progress or failure.  
Over a period of time, the Update-In-  
Progress bit of Status Register A of the  
real-time clock is read and tested. The bit  
should toggle from 0 to 1 within the time  
period.  
4-4-1  
4-4-2  
4-4-3  
3Ch  
3Dh  
3Eh  
Serial port test in progress or  
failure.  
Pattern test of one or more of the  
installed serial ports. If a failure is  
detected, an error message will be  
displayed and POST will continue.  
Parallel port test in progress  
or failure.  
Rolling ones test is done to one or more  
of the installed parallel ports. If a failure  
is detected, an error message will be  
displayed and POST will continue.  
Math coprocessor test in  
progress or failure.  
An integer load and store is performed  
with the math coprocessor. If the values  
do not match, an error message will be  
displayed and POST will continue.  
6-8  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.2.4 Run-time Error Messages  
Table 6-4  
BIOS Run-time Error Messages  
Message  
Cause  
Action  
I/O card parity interrupt at  
address. Type (S)hut off NMI,  
(R)eboot, other keys to continue  
Memory on a peripheral card  
has failed.  
Check the memory cards  
installed in the system.  
Memory parity interrupt at  
address. Type (S)hut off NMI,  
(R)eboot, other keys to continue  
A memory chip(s) has failed.  
Check the memory on the  
system board.  
Unexpected HW interrupt  
interrupt at address. Type  
Hardware problem. Not  
displayed if the expected  
Check all hardware in the  
system.  
(R)eboot, other keys to continue interrupt handler is not enabled.  
Unexpected SW interrupt  
interrupt at address. Type  
Error(s) in the software  
program. Not displayed if the  
Turn the machine off and  
then on again. If doesn’t  
(R)eboot, other keys to continue extended interrupt handler is not work, check the program.  
enabled.  
Unexpected type 02 interrupt at  
xxxxh. Type (S)hut off NMI,  
A parity error occurred, but the  
source can not be determined.  
Turn the power off and then  
on again.  
(R)eboot, other keys to continue  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.3 Quick Troubleshooting  
This section summarizes problems that may develop during system operation and lists  
suggested corrective actions to isolate problem properly.  
Table 6-5 (a) Quick Troubleshooting  
Problem or Symptoms  
Corrective Actions  
No power (Power LED not on)  
1. Check that the AC adapter is plugged into the DC-IN  
connector of the notebook. Also, that the AC adapter is  
plugged into a properly grounded AC power outlet.  
2. If using the battery as main power source, check if the  
battery pack is of the right type, charged and is inserted  
correctly.  
3. Check the internal Battery board of the notebook if it is  
inserted into the main board connector properly.  
Otherwise, replace the Battery board.  
Power LED is on but no display  
and system does not turn on  
1. Press power button for 4 seconds to reset hardware  
settings. Check if Power LED turns off.  
2. Check memory module if it is inserted properly. Try to  
check also the module on the internal slot.  
3. Reset CMOS RTC.  
4. Replace memory module, CPU module, or Battery  
board.  
Display on the LCD is  
unreadable  
1. Adjust the brightness display controls.  
2. Check if installed VGA driver is correct and resolution is  
set according to LCD size and type.  
3. Check if the LCD cables are inserted properly. Check  
also connections inside the LCD panel.  
4. Check LCD inverter board inside LCD panel if faulty.  
5. Check the North Bridge chip on the main board if there is  
any cold or loosed soldering.  
6. Replace the main board.  
LCD screen does not show  
display  
1. Check the LED Status Bar if Power Saving mode is  
activated. Press any key or press the power button to  
resume operation and display.  
2. Check if the display output is switched to the external  
monitor.  
3. Check if there is power.  
4. Check if LCD cables are disconnected or loosed.  
5. Replace LCD Inverter board found inside the LCD Panel.  
Battery Power does not last or  
does not read properly under  
Win98 / Win Me  
1. Make sure that the power management options under  
OS Setup are enabled and set properly.  
2. Recharge the battery pack for at 3 least hours before  
using again.  
3. Discharge and recharge the battery twice (Battery Low-  
Low Suspend Off) to allow more accurate reading of  
battery meter under Windows 98 or Windows Me.  
4. Replace the battery pack.  
6-10  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
Table 6-5 (b) Quick Troubleshooting  
Problem or Symptoms  
Corrective Actions  
System halts during boot  
sequence  
1. Check condition of selected boot-load device (diskette  
or hard disk) for bad boot track or incorrect OS files.  
2. Try booting from a new bootable diskette and recopy  
or repartition hard disk.  
3. Check for any BIOS error messages on the display.  
4. Replace main board.  
I/O processing malfunctions  
Diskette drive does not work  
1. Check the connections of all internal devices.  
2. Replace main board.  
1. Check if FDD option is DISABLED under BIOS Setup  
program.  
2. Check if floppy drive cable is connected properly.  
3. Check diskette type if correct and not faulty.  
4. Replace diskette drive.  
5. Replace main board.  
Hard disk drive malfunction  
CD-ROM drive malfunction  
Memory malfunction  
1. Check if hard disk drive is set properly on BIOS  
SETUP.  
2. Check cables and connections.  
3. Check if disk drive is good. Replace the drive.  
4. Replace the main board.  
1. Check if drive is set properly on BIOS Setup.  
2. Check if device driver is installed properly. Do not use  
other CD-ROM driver.  
3. Check cables and connections.  
4. Replace drive or main board.  
1. Check if the memory module is inserted properly. Try  
to insert it also to the other slot.  
2. Replace the memory module.  
3. Replace the main board.  
External keyboard or PS/2  
mouse doesn’t work  
1. Check if keyboard or mouse is connected properly.  
Check PS/2 Y-cable if it is being used. Power off  
system first before plugging in the device.  
2. Check PS/2 mouse driver if it is installed properly.  
3. Replace the keyboard or mouse.  
4. Replace the main board.  
PCMCIA card does not work  
1. Check if the PCMCIA card is inserted properly and all  
cables and connections are set.  
2. Check the PCMCIA card driver installation for any IRQ  
or IO address conflict. Try to disable the COM2 port  
(SIR) inside the BIOS Setup menu to free up unused  
IRQ.  
3. If PC card is not detected, insert it to the other  
PCMCIA slot. Otherwise, replace PC card.  
4. Contact the PC card manufacturer for support.  
5. Replace the main board.  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
Table 6-5 (c) Quick Troubleshooting  
Problem or Symptoms  
Corrective Actions  
Glide pad does not work  
1. Check if PS/2 mouse driver is properly installed. Remove  
any external PS/2 mouse.  
2. Check the glide pad cable inside the system if it is  
inserted properly.  
3. Replace the glide pad module.  
4. Check the keyboard controller chip for any cold or loosed  
soldering.  
5. Replace the main board.  
Serial device does not work  
1. Check if Serial Port is set to ENABLED under BIOS  
Setup program (Advanced menu).  
2. Check if serial device is connected properly.  
3. If using serial mouse, check if internal glide pad is  
disabled under BIOS Setup. On Windows 98 or Me,  
check if it detects the serial mouse in System Device  
Manager under the Control Panel.  
4. Check if mouse driver is installed properly.  
5. Replace serial device.  
6. Check the South Bridge chip on the main board for any  
cold or loosed soldering.  
7. Replace the main board.  
Parallel device does not work  
1. Check if Printer is set to ENABLED under BIOS Setup  
program (Advanced menu).  
2. Check if all connections are properly set.  
3. Check if external device is turned on.  
4. Check if Printer Mode is set properly.  
5. Check the South Bridge chip on the main board for any  
cold or loosed soldering.  
6. Replace the main board.  
USB Port does not work  
1. Check if USB port option under BIOS Setup is  
ENABLED.  
2. Check if USB device connection is OK. Unplug and re-  
plug the device.  
3. Check if the USB port driver and the USB device driver  
are installed.  
4. Replace USB device or contact USB device  
manufacturer for support.  
5. Replace main board.  
Audio components does not work 1. Check external connections if OK and volume mixer is  
set properly.  
2. Check audio source (CD, tape, etc.) if faulty.  
3. Check if audio driver is installed.  
4. Check internal connections for speaker and microphone  
if not working.  
5. Check audio board, cables and connections.  
6. Replace main board  
6-12  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4 Component-Level Troubleshooting  
This section provides an easy to follow flowcharts for performing component-level  
troubleshooting on the A550 notebook.  
6.4.1 General Overview  
The component-level troubleshooting is broken down as follows:  
Troubleshooting Item  
Figure  
Starting Check  
Figure 6-1  
Figure 6-2  
Figure 6-3  
Figure 6-4  
Figure 6-5  
Figure 6-6  
Figure 6-7  
Figure 6-8  
Figure 6-9  
Figure 6-10  
Figure 6-11  
Figure 6-12  
Figure 6-13  
Figure 6-14  
Figure 6-15  
Figure 6-16  
Figure 6-17  
Figure 6-18  
Figure 6-19  
Figure 6-20  
Figure 6-21  
Figure 6-22  
Memory Interface Check  
CRT Interface Check  
FDD Interface Check  
HDD Interface Check  
Internal Keyboard Interface Check  
Glide Pad Interface Check  
CD-ROM Interface Check  
Battery Board Interface Check  
Serial Port Interface Check  
Ext. Keyboard Interface Check  
PS/2 Mouse Interface Check  
Printer Port Interface Check  
Audio Port Interface Check  
PCMCIA Interface Check  
USB Port Interface Check  
DC-DC Check  
LCD Panel Interface Check  
Suspend Function Check  
LED Indicator Function Check  
Cover Switch Function Check  
Internal Modem Interface Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.2 Starting Check  
Figure 6-1  
Starting Check  
6.4.3 Memory Interface Check  
Figure 6-2  
Memory Interface Check  
6-14  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.4 CRT Interface Check  
Figure 6-3  
CRT Interface Check  
6.4.5 FDD Interface Check  
Figure 6-4  
FDD Interface Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.6 HDD Interface Check  
Figure 6-5  
HDD Interface Check  
6.4.7 Internal Keyboard Check  
Figure 6-6  
Internal Keyboard Check  
6-16  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.8 Glidepad Interface Check  
Figure 6-7  
Glidepad Interface Check  
6.4.9 CD-ROM Interface Check  
Figure 6-8  
CD-ROM Interface Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.10 Charger Board Interface Check  
Figure 6-9  
Charger Board Interface Check  
6.4.11 Serial Port Interface Check  
Figure 6-10  
Serial Port Interface Check  
6-18  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.12 External Keyboard Check  
Figure 6-11  
Internal Keyboard Check  
6.4.13 PS/2 Mouse Interface Check  
Figure 6-12  
Internal Keyboard Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.14 Printer Port Interface Check  
Figure 6-13  
Printer Port Interface Check  
6.4.15 Audio Port Interface Check  
Figure 6-14  
Audio Port Interface Check  
6-20  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.16 PCMCIA Interface Check  
Figure 6-15  
PCMCIA Interface Check  
6.4.17 USB Port Interface Check  
Figure 6-16  
USB Port Interface Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.18 DC-DC Power Check  
Figure 6-17  
DC-DC Power Check  
6.4.19 LCD Panel Interface Check  
Figure 6-18  
LCD Panel Interface Check  
6-22  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.20 Suspend Function Check  
Figure 6-19  
Suspend Function Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.21 LED Indicator Function Check  
Figure 6-20  
Suspend Function Check  
6-24  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.22 Cover Switch Function Check  
Figure 6-21  
Cover Switch Function Check  
6.4.23 Internal Modem or LAN Port Check  
Figure 6-22  
Internal Fax/Modem Port Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.24 Internal Combo Modem / LAN Port Check  
Figure 6-23  
Internal Combo Modem / LAN Port Check  
6.4.25  
SIR Interface Check  
Figure 6-24  
SIR Interface Check  
6-26  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting and Repair  
6.4.26  
IEEE1394 Interface Check  
Figure 6-25  
IEEE1394 Interface Check  
6.4.27  
TV-Out Interface Check  
Figure 6-26  
TV-Out Interface Check  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
6-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A
Notebook Specification  
This appendix provides the technical specification of the A360 notebook:  
A.1 System Specification  
MICRO PROCESSOR  
CPU Type  
Pentium-III / Celeron Processor  
Pentium-III CPU at 933 MHz, 1/1.1GHz  
Celeron CPU at 766/800/850/900/950 MHz  
256 KB (Pentium-III) / 128KB (Celeron)  
FC-PGA  
Clock Speed and Voltage  
External L2 Cache  
CPU Package  
SYSTEM LOGIC CHIPSET  
Chipset Type  
VIA Twister - North Bridge  
VI82C686A - South Bridge  
Integrated in South Bridge  
Thermal controller  
SYSTEM CLOCK  
SMC FDC37869  
System Clock  
Package  
SSOP  
Clock Summary  
CPUCLK = 66/100 /133 MHz  
PCICLK = 30/33 MHz  
South Bridge / VGA = 14.318 MHz  
North Bridge = 48 MHz  
Supply Current  
Icc Max = 90mA (CPU = 66.6 MHz, PCI = 33 MHz)  
MEMORY MODULE  
Package  
SDRAM PC100/133 – 32 / 64 / 128 / 256 MB SO-DIMM  
Synchronous Dynamic Mode  
Operation Mode  
Refresh  
Auto and Self Refresh  
Slow Refresh  
Supply Voltage  
Configuration  
4096 refresh cycle / 64ms  
3.3V  
Standard SODIMM DRAM Module – 2 pieces  
640KB Conventional RAM  
128KB BIOS Shadow  
256KB reserved for Power Management usage  
7168KB Extended RAM  
Upgradable to max. 512MB using 256 MB SODIMM x 2  
No parity bit for all memory  
Parity Support  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
BIOS ROM  
ROM Type  
512K x 8 CMOS Flash Memory –28SF040A-90/120 (SST)  
ROM Size  
4M-bit  
Boot Code Sector  
Package  
Top Sector  
PLCC 32-lead  
Erase / Program  
8 second typical chip erase  
3.6 second chip program  
10,000 erase/program cycles minimum  
5V  
Program Voltage  
Supply Current  
Icc Typ. = 20mA (active read)  
Icc Typ. = 30mA (active program)  
Iccsb Max = 50uA (standby)  
VIDEO SUBSYSTEM  
Video Chipset  
Video RAM  
S3 Savage 4 (Integrated in Twister) with AGP 4 x SMA  
16MB SDRAM  
(Using system memory, SMA) (Twister spec is 2/32 MB)  
32-bit PCI Local Bus  
Bus Interface  
Addressing  
Linear Addressing  
Simul Scan  
Yes  
Maximum Resolution at CRT  
Maximum Color at CRT  
External CRT connector  
1280 x 1024 at 32-bit color (16 million colors)  
32-bit color (16 million colors)  
15-pin D-Sub female  
I/O SUBSYSTEM  
I/O Controller Chip  
Integrated in South Bridge  
Parallel / Printer Port (LPT1)  
Serial / COM Port (COM1)  
25-pin D-sub female connector (with EPP/ECP support)  
Type: 9-pin D-sub male RS-232 connector  
Baud Rate: 300 – 38400 bps (UART 16C550)  
Drivers / Receiver: Maxim MAX3243 (SSOP, 28-pin)  
KEYBOARD SUBSYSTEM  
Mitsubishi M38867  
Keyboard Controller  
Package  
QFP 80-Pin  
Host Interface  
8042-style host interface  
Local 16 x 8 keyboard switch matrix  
Mini-DIN PS/2 connector  
Keyboard Scan  
External PS/2 Keyboard  
A-2  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
SOUND SUBSYSTEM  
Integrated in VT82C686B (PCI audio)  
32-bit PCI Bus  
Audio Chip  
Bus Interface  
Compatibility  
Wavetable Function  
Connection  
Sound Blaster 16 (Pro) & 3D Surround Sound  
Software  
Full-Duplex  
Volume  
Analog H/W Volume  
2-way (left and right) mini speakers  
Mono  
Built-in Speaker  
Built-in Microphone  
Line-In Jack  
1 x line-in jack  
Line-Out Jack  
Microphone Jack  
1 x line-out jack  
1 x 3.5p microphone jack  
POINTING DEVICE SUBSYSTEM  
Mitsubishi M38867  
Chipset Controller  
Package  
QFP 80-Pin  
Touchpad Type  
Interface  
Synaptics TM41PDG351-1 Glide Point  
PS/2  
External PS/2 Mouse  
Mini-DIN PS/2 connector (share with PS/2 keyboard)  
PCMCIA SUBSYSTEM  
Chipset Controller  
O2Micro 026933 PCI-cardbus bridge  
PCMCIA Slot Configuration  
2 Type I or Type II at the same time, or  
1 Type III  
Bus Type  
32-bit PCI CardBus  
Compatibility  
Register Compatible with Intel 82365SL  
POWER MANAGEMENT UNIT (PMU)  
PMU Modes  
Others  
Video Timeout, Hard Disk Timeout, Suspend to RAM (STR)  
mode, Suspend to Disk (STD) mode  
LCD Cover-Switch STR, ACPI, DMI 2.0, Thermal Control  
STATUS LED INDICATORS  
Number of LEDs  
Power Status LED  
5 LEDs  
Green color when powering on  
Green color blinking when in STR or STD  
Amber color in Battery Low.  
Green color in charging status  
Battery Charge LED  
Lights off when the battery is fully charged or no battery  
installed  
Green color when a new mail is arriving  
Green color when accessing the HDD  
Internet / Mail LED  
HDD LED  
FDD LED  
Green color when accessing the FDD  
Num Lock LED  
Caps Lock LED  
Scroll Lock LED  
Green color for Num Lock activate on keyboard  
Green color for Caps Lock activate on keyboard  
Green color for Scroll Lock activate on keyboard  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
HOT-KEY DEFINITION  
8 <Fn> key combinations  
Number of hot-keys  
LCD/CRT Simul  
Fn + F3 (toggle) (LCD/ CRT/ TV/ LCD&CRT)  
Fn + F5 (toggle)  
Display Stretch / Normal  
PC Speaker On / Off (Mute)  
Brightness Up  
Fn + F6 (toggle)  
Fn + F8  
Brightness Down  
Save to Disk  
Fn + F9  
Fn + Power Button  
Internet Button  
Mail Button  
Internet Function Key  
Mail Function Key  
A.2 Display Specification  
12.1” SVGA TFT LCD (HANNSTAR)  
LCD Model  
HannStar HSD121PS11  
12.1” SVGA TFT  
H246 x V184.5 [mm]  
H800 x V600 pixels  
H 0.3075 x V 0.3075  
RGB vertical stripe  
262144 Colors  
LCD Type  
Display Area  
Display Pixels  
Pixel Pitch  
Pixel Arrangement  
Display colors  
Module Size  
W275 x H199 x D6.0 MAX [mm]  
Approx. 410g  
Weight  
Contrast Ratio  
Power Supply  
Power Consumption  
Response Time  
Operating Temperature  
Storage Temperature  
250:1 (typ.)  
3.3 V  
2.6 W  
50ms (max)  
0 to 50 degrees Celsius  
-20 to 60 degrees Celsius  
12.1” SVGA TFT LCD (ADI)  
ADI AA121SJ23  
LCD Model  
LCD Type  
12.1” SVGA TFT  
H246 x V184.5 [mm]  
H800 x V600 pixels  
H 0.3075mm x V 0.3075mm  
RGB stripe arrangement  
260K Colors  
Display Area  
Display Pixels  
Pixel Pitch  
Pixel Arrangement  
Display colors  
Module Size  
Weight  
H275 x V199 x T6.0 MAX [mm]  
Approx. 440g  
Contrast Ratio  
Power Supply  
Power Consumption  
150:1 (Typ.)  
3.3 V  
3.8 W  
A-4  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
Response Time  
50ms (max)  
Operating Temperature  
Storage Temperature  
0 to 50 degrees Celsius  
-20 to 60 degrees Celsius  
13.3” XGA TFT LCD (UNIPAC)  
UNIPAC UB133X01  
13.3 ” XGA TFT  
LCD Model  
LCD Type  
Display Area  
H270.3 x V202.8 [mm]  
H1024 x V768 pixels  
H 0.264 x V 0.264  
Display Pixels  
Pixel Pitch  
Pixel Arrangement  
Display colors  
Module Size  
RGB vertical stripe  
262144 Colors  
H284 x V214.5 x D5.9 MAX [mm]  
Approx. 500g  
Weight  
Contrast Ratio  
Power Supply  
Operating Temperature  
Storage Temperature  
200:1 (typ.)  
3.3V  
0 to 50 degrees Celsius  
-20 to 60 degrees Celsius  
14.1” XGA TFT LCD (HANNSTAR)  
HannStar HSD141PX11-A  
14.1” XGA TFT  
LCD Model  
LCD Type  
Display Area  
H285.7 x V214.3 [mm]  
H1024 x V768 pixels  
H 0.279 x V 0.279  
Display Pixels  
Pixel Pitch  
Pixel Arrangement  
Display colors  
Module Size  
RGB vertical stripe  
262144 Colors  
H298.5 x V226.5 x D6.0 MAX [mm]  
Approx. 520g  
Weight  
Contrast Ratio  
Power Supply  
Response Time  
Operating Temperature  
Storage Temperature  
250:1 (typ.)  
3.3V  
15ms (rising typ.) / 35ms (falling typ.)  
0 to 50 degrees Celsius  
-20 to 60 degrees Celsius  
14.1” XGA TFT LCD (CPT)  
CPT CLAA141XC01  
14.1” XGA TFT  
LCD Model  
LCD Type  
Display Area  
Display Pixels  
Pixel Pitch  
H285.696 x V214.272 [mm]  
H1024 x V768 pixels  
H0.279 x H0.279 [mm]  
RGB vertical stripe  
Pixel Arrangement  
Display colors  
Module Size  
Weight  
262K Colors  
298.5(W) x 227.5(H) x 5.8(D) [mm]  
Approx. 550g  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
Contrast Ratio  
200:1 (typ.)  
Power Supply  
3.3V  
Power Consumption  
Response Time  
4.7(W)  
30ms (max)  
Operating Temperature  
Storage Temperature  
0 to 50 degrees Celsius  
-20 to 60 degrees Celsius  
A.3 Floppy Disk Drive Specification  
CITIZEN X1DE-32R  
Drive Manufacturer  
Floppy Diskette Type  
Physical Dimension  
Weight  
CITIZEN X1DE-32R  
3.5" Double Sided, High Density  
126 x 96 x 12.7 [mm]  
160g  
Capacity  
1.44MB / 1.2MB / 720KB High Density (Formatted)  
2MB / 1MB (Unformatted)  
Transfer Rate  
500 / 250 Kbits/sec  
Recording Method  
Track to Track Seek Time  
Seek Settling Time  
Average Access Time  
Disk Revolution  
FDD Indicator  
MFM / FM  
3 ms  
15 ms  
94 ms  
300 (1Mb / 2Mb mode) / 360 rpm (1.6Mb Mode)  
LED on drive and Media Access LED on LED Indicator  
15,000  
MTBF  
Operating Temperature  
5 to 50 degrees Celsius  
NEC FD-2238T-220  
Drive Manufacturer  
Floppy Diskette Type  
Physical Dimension  
Weight  
NEC FD-2238T-220  
3.5" Double Sided, High Density  
126 x 96 x 12.7 [mm]  
157g  
Capacity  
1.44MB / 1.2MB / 720KB High Density (Formatted)  
2MB / 1MB (Unformatted)  
Transfer Rate  
500 / 250 Kbits/sec  
Recording Method  
Track to Track Seek Time  
Seek Settling Time  
Average Access Time  
Disk Revolution  
FDD Indicator  
MFM / FM  
3 ms  
15 ms  
94 ms  
300 (1Mb / 2Mb mode) / 360 rpm (1.6Mb Mode)  
LED on drive and Media Access LED on LED Indicator  
30,000  
MTBF  
Operating Temperature  
5 to 50 degrees Celsius  
A-6  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
A.4 CD-ROM Drive Specification  
QSI SCR-242 (CAA8)  
Drive Manufacturer  
Physical Dimension  
Weight  
QSI SCR-242  
128.0 x 129.0 x 12.7 [mm]  
180g or less  
Loading  
Manual tray loading  
Ejection  
Manual eject using the eject button  
Auto eject using the eject command on software  
IDE (ATAPI)  
Host Interface  
Average Access Time  
Full Stroke Access Time  
Disc Speed  
130msec. average (x24-speed)  
230msec (x24-speed)  
5,400rpm  
Data Transfer Rate (burst)  
16.7 MByte/s (PIO Mode 4)  
16.7 MByte/s (Multi word DMA transfer mode-2)  
33.3 MByte/s (Ultra DMA transfer mode-2)  
1,500 ~ 3,600KB/sec  
5 sec. Max.  
Data Transfer Rate (sustained)  
Starting Time  
Data Buffer Capacity  
Supply Voltage  
128 KB  
+5VDC  
MTBF  
70,000POH or more  
MKE CR-177-DPK  
MKE CR-177-DPK  
128.0 x 129.0 x 12.7 [mm]  
180g or less  
Drive Manufacturer  
Physical Dimension  
Weight  
Loading  
Manual tray loading  
Ejection  
Manual eject using the eject button  
Auto eject using the eject command on software  
Host Interface  
IDE (ATAPI)  
Average Access Time  
Full Stroke Access Time  
Disc Speed  
130msec. average (x24-speed)  
230msec (x24-speed)  
5,400rpm  
Data Transfer Rate (burst)  
16.7 MByte/s (PIO Mode 4)  
16.7 MByte/s (Multi word DMA transfer mode-2)  
33.3 MByte/s (Ultra DMA transfer mode-2)  
Data Transfer Rate (sustained)  
Starting Time  
1,500 ~ 3,600KB/sec  
5 sec. Max.  
Data Buffer Capacity  
Supply Voltage  
128 KB  
+5VDC  
MTBF  
70,000POH or more  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
A-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
A.5 DVD-ROM Drive Specification  
MKE SR-8175-CPK  
Drive Manufacturer  
Physical Dimension  
Weight  
MKE SR-8175-CPK  
128.0 x 12.7 x 126.1 [mm] ( W * H * D )  
290g  
Loading  
Manual tray loading  
Ejection  
Manual eject using the eject button  
Auto eject using the eject command on software  
IDE (ATAPI)  
Host Interface  
Average Access Time  
Full Stroke Access Time  
Disc Speed  
150ms (DVD-9)/120ms(DVD-5)/95ms(CD) Typ.  
340ms (DVD-9)/270ms(DVD-5)/200ms(CD) Typ.  
3,400 rpm(DVD); 5,100 rpm(CD)  
16.7 MByte/s (PIO Mode 4)  
Data Transfer Rate (burst)  
16.7 MByte/s (Multi word DMA transfer mode-2)  
33.3 MByte/s (Ultra DMA transfer mode-2)  
Max. 11.08Mbyte/s (DVD) ; Max.3,600Kbyte/s(CD)  
Typical 4 sec / Max. 10 sec (from stand by to ready)  
512 KB  
Data Transfer Rate (sustained)  
Starting Time  
Data Buffer Capacity  
Supply Voltage  
+5VDC  
MTBF  
60,000POH or more  
QSI SDR-081 (EFAA)  
Drive Manufacturer  
Physical Dimension  
Weight  
QSI SDR-081  
128.0 x 12.7 x 126.1 [mm] ( W * H * D )  
290g  
Loading  
Manual tray loading  
Ejection  
Manual eject using the eject button  
Auto eject using the eject command on software  
IDE (ATAPI)  
Host Interface  
Average Access Time  
Full Stroke Access Time  
Disc Speed  
150ms (DVD-9)/120ms(DVD-5)/95ms(CD) Typ.  
340ms (DVD-9)/270ms(DVD-5)/200ms(CD) Typ.  
3,400 rpm(DVD); 5,100 rpm(CD)  
16.7 MByte/s (PIO Mode 4)  
Data Transfer Rate (burst)  
16.7 MByte/s (Multi word DMA transfer mode-2)  
33.3 MByte/s (Ultra DMA transfer mode-2)  
Max. 11.08Mbyte/s (DVD) ; Max.3,600Kbyte/s(CD)  
Typical 4 sec / Max. 10 sec (from stand by to ready)  
512 KB  
Data Transfer Rate (sustained)  
Starting Time  
Data Buffer Capacity  
Supply Voltage  
+5VDC  
MTBF  
60,000POH or more  
A.6 CD-RW Drive Specification  
Drive Manufacturer  
MKE UJDA330FC1-Z  
A-8  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
Physical Dimension  
Weight  
128.0 x 12.7 x 129 [mm] ( W * H * D )  
250g +/- 10g  
Loading  
Manual tray loading  
Ejection  
Manual eject using the eject button  
Auto eject using the eject command on software  
Enhanced IDE (ATAPI)  
Host Interface  
Average Access Time  
150ms Typ.  
Data Transfer Rate (burst)  
16.7 MByte/s (PIO Mode 4)  
16.7 MByte/s (Multi word DMA transfer mode-2)  
33.3 MByte/s (Ultra DMA transfer mode-2)  
Max. 2,100Kbyte/s (CD-RW) ; Max.3,600Kbyte/s(CD)  
Max. 1,200Kbyte/s (CD-R) ; Max.600Kbyte/s(CD-RW)  
Max. 10 sec (from stand by to ready)  
2MB  
Data Transfer Rate (sustained)  
Data Write Rate  
Starting Time  
Data Buffer Capacity  
Supply Voltage  
+5VDC +/- 15%  
MTBF  
50,000POH or more  
A.7 Keyboard Specification  
Keyboard Type  
Type of key switch  
Number of keys  
Compatibility  
Travel  
JME K9801  
Membrane (PE) Switch  
87 keys with embedded numeric keypad  
Enhanced 101/102 emulation  
3.0 mm ± 0.3 mm  
Keyboard Height  
6.8 ± 0.3 mm  
7.0 ± 0.3 mm (SPACE Key)  
500g  
Keycap Pull Off Force  
Supply Voltage  
6V  
Operating Temperature  
-10 to 60 degrees Celsius  
A.8 Touch Pad Specification  
Touch Pad Type  
Synaptics GlidePoint TM41PD-351  
Interface  
PS/2 (compatible with Microsoft Mouse Driver)  
5V  
Supply Voltage  
Supply Current  
Dimension  
4.0mA (Max) Operating  
W65 x H49 x D2.82 (D1.07 PCB ) mm  
8g.  
Weight  
Operating Temperature  
Storage Temperature  
0 to 60 degrees Celsius  
-40 to 65 degrees Celsius  
A.9 Internal Modem Specification  
Modem Type  
Askey 1456VQL19R-4  
Chipset  
Lucent Mars3 1648  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
A-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
Wake Up Function  
Connection Mode  
Speakerphone  
Supports Ring-in Resume Wake Up function  
V.90 Kbps  
Full duplex speakerphone (FDSP)  
Half Duplex  
Fax Transmission Way  
Modem Speed  
56 Kbps  
Modulation Format  
V.90 PCM  
A.10 Internal LAN Specification  
LAN Type  
Intel 82559  
LAN Chip Interface  
Speed  
Mini-PCI Bus  
10/100 Mbps  
Wake Up Function  
Supports Wake-on-LAN (WOL) function  
A.11 Power Supply  
AC POWER ADAPTER (LITEON)  
Adapter Type  
Input Voltage  
Input Frequency  
Input Current  
Liteon PA1600-01  
100 to 240VAC  
50 to 60 Hz  
1.32A Max at 110VAC  
0.66A Max at 220VAC  
83% Min  
Efficiency  
In-Rush Current (Cold Start)  
50A Max at 100 VAC  
100A Max at 240 VAC  
60W  
Output Power  
Output Voltage  
Output Current  
Over Voltage Protection  
Over Current Protection  
LED Display  
+19Vdc (main)  
3.16A (Max)  
24V Max  
19V / 5A (max)  
Yellow LED (On / Off)  
L110 x W50 x H29 [mm]  
250g  
Dimension  
Weight  
DELTA ADP-65DB  
Adapter Type  
Input Voltage  
Input Frequency  
Input Current  
Delta ADP-65DB  
90 to 264VAC  
47 to 63 Hz  
1.5A Max at 110VAC  
0.75A Max at 220VAC  
85% Min  
Efficiency  
In-Rush Current (Cold Start)  
50A Max at 100 VAC  
100A Max at 240 VAC  
60W  
Output Power  
Output Voltage  
+19Vdc (main)  
A-10  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
Output Current  
Over Voltage Protection  
Over Current Protection  
LED Display  
3.42A (max)  
24V (Max)  
19V / 5A (max)  
Green LED (On / Off)  
L114.5 x W49.5 x H29 [mm]  
275g  
Dimension  
Weight  
NICKEL-METAL HYDRIDE (NI-MH) BATTERY PACK  
Model  
Sanyo Ni-MH Rechargeable Smart Battery  
8
Cell Number  
Rating (Nominal) Voltage  
Typical Capacity  
Watts  
9.6V  
3800 mAH  
50 W (max)  
1700mAh  
95%  
Charging Current  
Charging Efficiency  
EVD1  
8.8V  
EVDF  
8.0V  
LITHIUM ION (LI-ION) BATTERY PACK  
Model  
Sanyo Li-Ion Rechargeable Smart Battery  
Cell Number  
Rating (Nominal) Voltage  
Typical Capacity  
Watts  
8
14.4V  
3800 mAH  
51.84 W  
16.8V  
100%  
14.0V  
12.0V  
Charging Voltage  
Charging Efficiency  
EVD1  
EVDF  
A.12 Inverter Specification  
Input Voltage  
5.0V  
Start Voltage  
1200Vrms (min)  
6mA (max)  
30~70KHz  
75% (min)  
0.94~1.86V  
Output Current  
Frequency  
Efficiency  
Brightness Control Voltage  
A.13 DC/DC Specification  
Controller  
MAX1631  
Input Voltage  
Output Current  
Frequency  
8 ~ 20V  
4A (5V) / 4A (3.3V) / 100mA (12V)  
200KHz  
Support Mode  
OVP / OCP  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
A-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notebook Specification  
A.14 Charger Specification  
Controller  
Mitsubishi 3886X  
Input Voltage  
18.5 ~ 20V  
LITHIUM ION (LI-ION) BATTERY PACK  
Max. Temperature  
60 degrees  
4.35V / cell  
Max. Charger Voltage  
Charger Entry Temperature  
Max. Timer  
0 – 50 degrees  
300 minutes  
Trickle Charger Detect  
Output Current (system off)  
Output Current (system on)  
Trickle Charger Current  
Ripple & Noise  
0 < V < 3V / cell  
1.6A (Min) / 1.7A (Typ) / 1.8A (Max)  
constant power  
120mA  
500mV  
Efficiency  
90%  
A.15 Mechanical Specification  
Unit Dimensions  
(W x D x H) in millimeters  
308 x 268 x 39 mm(front), 42(rear)  
Unit Weight  
Approximately 3Kg (6.6 lbs) with 14.1” LCD System with  
HDD, FDD, CD-Rom & One Li-Ion Battery Pack  
A.16 Environmental Requirements  
Temperature  
Operating Temperature  
Storage Temperature  
o
o
5 C to 35 C  
o
o
-20 C to 60 C  
Humidity  
Operating  
10% to 80% RH without condensation  
5% to 90% RH without condensation  
Storage  
Shock (Non-operating)  
Unpacked  
Acceleration: 30G/50G  
Duration Time: 11ms  
No. of Times: 3 Times  
Direction: 6 face  
Drop  
Package  
Drop Height: 91cm (under 10Kg)  
76cm (over 10Kg)  
Drop Phase: 1 corner, 3 line, 6 face  
Electro-Static Discharge (ESD)  
Contact: +/- 6KV  
Air: +/-10KV  
A-12  
FIC A360 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
B
Pin Assignments  
B.1 CRT (VGA) Connector  
The pin assignment of the VGA connector is as follows:  
No PIN ASSIGEMENT(by: sort)  
DESCRIPTION  
Red this DAC analog output drives the CRT  
interface.  
1
2
3
RED Video_5 :O (analog)  
GREEN Video_5 :O  
(analog)  
BLUE Video_5 :O  
(analog)  
Green this DAC analog output drives the CRT  
interface.  
Blue this DAC analog output drives the CRT  
interface.  
4
5
6
7
8
9
Monitor ID Bit 2 :  
Option  
GROUND :  
Ground  
RED Return (ground) :  
GREEN Return (ground) :  
BLUE Return (ground) :  
KEY (no connector) :  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
VCC  
10 SYNC Return (ground) :  
11 MONITOR ID Bit 0_5 :  
12 MONITOR ID Bit 1_5 :I  
Ground  
Monitor Sense Indicator  
DDC monitor data  
CRT Horizontal Sync this output is The  
Horizontal sync pulse for the CRT Monitor.  
CRT Vertical Sync this output is the Vertical  
sync pulse for the CRT Monitor.  
13 HORIZONTAL SYNC_5 :O (t/s)  
14 VERTICAL SYNC_5 :O (t/s)  
15 MONITOR ID Bit 3_5 :I/O  
DDC monitor clock  
Absolute Maximum Conditions  
The following parameters are maximum ratings for VGA. Permanent device damage may  
occur if these rating are exceeded. Extended exposure to these ratings may also cause device  
failure.  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
I/O VOLTAGE  
-0.5  
+6.00V  
V
-12mA(source)  
+24mA(sink)  
OUTPUT CURRENT  
m A  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
B-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pin Assignments  
B.2 Serial Port Connector  
The pin assignment of the serial (COM1) port connector is as follows:  
No  
1
2
PIN ASSIGMENT (by: sort)  
DCDA#_T:I  
SINA_T:I  
DESCRIPTION  
Active low Data Carrier Detect inputs for the serial port.  
Receiver serial data input for port 1.  
3
4
5
SOUTA_12:O  
DTRA#_6:O  
GND  
Transmit serial data output for port 1.  
Active low Data Terminal Ready outputs for the serial port.  
Ground  
6
7
8
9
DSRA#_T:I  
RTSA#_6:O  
CTSA#_T:I  
RI#_T:I  
Active low Data Set Ready inputs for the serial port.  
Active low Request to Send Outputs for the serial port.  
Active low Clear to Send inputs for the serial port.  
Active low Ring Indicator inputs for the serial port.  
B.3 Parallel Port Connector  
The pin assignment of the parallel/printer (LPT1) port connector is as follows:  
No  
1
PIN ASSIGMENT(by: sort)  
STB#/DS0#_D14/_P14/_D12:O  
Description  
An active low pulse on this output is used to strobe  
the printer data into the printer.  
The STROBE output is the complement of Bit 0 of the  
printer control register.  
Refer to parallel port description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
Active low outputs select driver 0  
2
3
4
5
6
PD0/INDEX3#_P14/_S:IO/I  
PD1/TRK0#_P14/_S:IO/I  
PD2/WRTPRT#_P14/_S:IO/I  
PD3/RDATA#_P14/_S:IO/I  
PD4/DSKCHG_P14/_S:IO/I  
Port data 0  
This active low Schmidt trigger input senses from the  
disk drive that the head is positioned over the  
beginning of a track as marked by an index hole.  
Port data 1  
This active low Schmidt trigger input senses from the  
disk drive that the head is positioned over the  
outermost track.  
Port data 2  
This active low Schmidt trigger input senses from the  
disk drive that a disk is write protected.  
Any write command is ignored.  
Port data 3  
Raw serial bit stream from the disk drive, low active.  
Each falling edge represents a flux transition of the  
encoded data.  
Port data 4  
This input senses that the driver door is open or that  
the diskette has possibly been changed since the last  
drive selection.  
7
8
PD5_P14:IO  
PD6/MTR0#_P14/_D12:IO/O  
Port data 5  
Port data 6  
This active low outputs select motor drives 0.  
9
PD7_P14:IO  
Port data 7  
10 ACK#/DS1#_T_D12:I/O  
A low active output from the printer indicating that it  
has received the data and is ready to accept new  
data.  
Bit 6 of the printer status register reads the ACK#  
Input.  
Refer to parallel port description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
11 BUSY/MRT1#_T/_D12:_I/O  
This is a status output from the printer, a high  
indicating that the printer is not ready to receive new  
data.  
B-2  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pin Assignments  
Bit 7 of the Printer status register is the complement  
Of the BUSY input. Refer to parallel port description  
for use of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.  
This active low outputs select motor Drives 1.  
12 PE/WDATA#_T/_D12:I/O  
Another status output from the printer,  
indicating that printer is out of paper.  
a
high  
Bit 5 of the printer status register reads the PE input.  
Refer to parallel port description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
This active low high current driver provide the  
encoded data to the disk drive.  
Each falling edge cause a flux transfer on the media.  
This high active output from the printer indicates that it  
has power on.  
13 SLCT/WGATE#_T/_D12:I/O  
Bit 4 of the printer status register read the SLCT input.  
Refer to parallel port description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
This active low high current driver allows current to  
flow through the write head.  
It become active just prior to writing to the diskette.  
This output goes low to cause the printer to  
automatically feed one line after each line is printed.  
The AFD# output is the complement of bit 1 of the  
printer control register.  
Refer to parallel pot description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
A low on this input from the printer indicates that there  
is a error condition at the printer.  
14 AFD#/DSB#_D14,_P14/_D12:O,O/O  
15 ERR#/HDSEL_T/D12:I/O  
Bit 3 of the printer status register reads the ERR#  
input.  
Refer to parallel port description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
This high current output selects the floppy disk side  
for reading or writing.  
A logic “1” on this pin means side 0 will be accessed  
while a logic “0” means side 1 will be acessed.  
This output is bit 2 of the printer control register. This  
is used to initiate the printer when low.  
Refer to parallel port description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
16 INIT#/DIR#_D14,_P14/D12:O,O/O  
This high current low active output determines the  
direction of the head movement.  
A logic “1” on this pin means outward motion, while a  
logic “0” means inward motion.  
17 SLIN#/STEP#_D14,_P14/_D12:O,O/O This active low output selects the printer.  
This is the complement of bit 3 of the printer control  
register.  
Refer to parallel port description for use of this pin in  
ECP and EPP mode.  
This active low high current driver issues s low pulse  
for each track to track movement of the head.  
18 GND:  
19 GND:  
20 GND:  
21 GND:  
22 GND:  
23 GND:  
24 GND:  
25 GND:  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
B-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pin Assignments  
B.4 PS/2 Mouse / Ext. Keyboard Mini-DIN Connector  
Following is the pin assignment of the PS/2 connector:  
No  
1
Signal  
MOUSE_CLK  
EKB_CLK  
+5vs  
Description  
External clock for mouse or keyboard  
External clock for mouse or keyboard  
5v power supply  
Type  
I/O  
I/O  
O
2
3
4
Gnd  
Ground  
I
5
EKB_DATA  
MOUSE_DATA  
External data for mouse or keyboard  
External data for mouse or keyboard  
I/O  
I/O  
6
B.5 USB Connector  
The pin assignment of the USB port connector is as follows:  
No  
Signal  
GND  
Description  
Ground  
Type  
O
1, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12  
2
3
4
6
7
8
USBP0+  
USBP0-  
+5VS  
USB port0 bus signal  
USB port0 bus signal  
USB port0 power  
O
O
USBP1+  
USBP1-  
+5VS  
USB port1 bus signal  
USB port1 bus signal  
USB port1 power  
B.6 CD-ROM IDE Connector  
The following is the pin assignment for the CD-ROM IDE connector:  
NO.  
5
Signal  
Description  
Type  
O
CDROMRESET# Reset secondary disk  
33  
31  
34  
21  
19  
17  
15  
13  
11  
9
RSDA0  
RSDA1  
RSDA2  
RSDD0  
RSDD1  
RSDD2  
RSDD3  
RSDD4  
RSDD5  
RSDD6  
RSDD7  
RSDD8  
RSDD9  
RSDD10  
RSDD11  
RSDD12  
RSDD13  
RSDD14  
RSDD15  
RSDCS1#  
RSDCS3#  
RSDDACK#  
RSDDREQ  
Secondary disk address 0  
Secondary disk address 1  
Secondary disk address 2  
Secondary disk data 0  
Secondary disk data 1  
Secondary disk data 2  
Secondary disk data 3  
Secondary disk data 4  
Secondary disk data 5  
Secondary disk data 6  
O
O
O
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
O
7
6
8
Secondary disk data 7  
Secondary disk data 8  
Secondary disk data 9  
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
35  
36  
28  
22  
Secondary disk data 10  
Secondary disk data 11  
Secondary disk data 12  
Secondary disk data 13  
Secondary disk data 14  
Secondary disk data 15  
Secondary disk chip select for 100 range  
Secondary disk chip select for 300 range  
Secondary DMA acknowledge  
Secondary DMA request  
O
O
I
B-4  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pin Assignments  
24  
25  
27  
29  
50  
49  
37  
2
RSDIOR#  
Secondary disk IO read  
Secondary disk IO write  
Secondary disk IO channel ready  
Secondary disk interrupt  
O
O
I
RSDIOW#  
RSIORDY  
IRQ15  
NC  
I
NC  
NC  
O
O
I
NC  
CDROMLED# CDROM access indicator  
CD_R  
GND  
CDROM sound right signal  
Ground  
4
1
3
CD_L  
CD_RGND  
+5Vs  
CDROM sound left signal  
Left Ground  
+5V power supply  
Ground  
O
I
I
O
I
39,41,38,40,42  
23,43,44,45,46,48  
47  
Gnd  
CSEL  
SELECT MASTER OR SLAVE  
B.7 DC-IN Jack Pin Assignment  
The pin assignment of the DC-IN connector is as follows:  
No  
Signal  
Description  
Type  
1
2
ADAPV+  
Gnd  
Adapter input voltage  
Ground  
I
O
B.8 LCD Connector Pin Assignment  
The pin assignment of the LCD connector is as follows:  
NO.  
22  
Signal  
Description  
Type  
Flat panel backlight signal  
control the LCD backlight.  
LCD type bit0  
INVENA  
O
2
4
LCDID0  
LCDID1  
I
I
LCD type bit1  
6
LCDID2  
LCD type bit2  
I
8
LCDID3  
LCD type bit3  
20  
23  
21  
17  
15  
11  
9
BRIGHTNESS LCD brightness adjust voltage  
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
TXOUTU0-  
TXOUTU0+  
TXOUTU1-  
TXOUTU1+  
TXOUTU2-  
TXOUTU2+  
TXCLK-  
5
3
TXCLK+  
16  
MAIL LED  
LED GREEN  
LED AMBER  
LED CHG  
+3V  
10  
12  
14  
46,48,50  
24,26,28,30,32  
+5V  
1,7,13,19,25,31,37,43,49,34,36,38,  
40,42,44  
18  
GND  
NC  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
B-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pin Assignments  
B.9 FDD Connector  
The pin assignment for the FDD connector is as follows:  
NO.  
Signal Description  
Read disk data. Raw serial bit stream form the disk drive, low active.  
Type  
24  
RDATA#  
I
Each falling edge represents a flux transition of the encoded data.  
Write gate. This active low high current driver allows current to flow  
18  
16  
26  
WGATE# through the write head .  
It becomes active just prior to writing to the diskette.  
Write data. This active low high current driver provides the encoded  
WDATA# data to the disk drive.  
Each falling edge causes a flux transition on the media.  
Head select. The high current select the floppy disk side for reading or  
HDSEL# writing. A logic “1” on the pin means side 0 will be accessed, while a  
logic “0” means side 1 will be accessed.  
O
O
O
Direction control. This high current low active output determines the  
12  
14  
DIR#  
direction of the head movement. A logic “1” on this pin means outward  
motion , while a logic “0” means inward motion.  
Step pulse. The active low high current driver issues a low pules for  
each track-to-track movement of the head.  
O
O
STEP#  
Disk change. This input senses that the drive door is open or that the  
diskette has possibly been changed since the last drive selection.  
6
DSKCHG# This input is inverted and read via bit 7 of I/O address 3F7H. The  
DSKCHG# bit also depends upon the state of the Force Disk Change  
bits in the Force FDD Status Change configuration register.  
I
4
10  
13  
DS0#  
Drive select 0. Active low outputs select drives 0.  
O
O
O
MOTR0 Motor on. These active low output motor on.  
3MODE 3 Mode FDD select.  
Write protected. This active low Schmitt trigger input senses from the  
disk drive that a disk is write protected.  
Track 00. This active low Schmitt trigger input senses from the disk  
drive that the head is positioned over the outermost track.  
22  
20  
WRTPRT#  
I
I
TRK0#  
This active low Schmitt Trigger input senses from the disk drive that  
INDEX# head is positioned over the beginning of a track , as marked by an  
index hole.  
2
I
7,8,9  
NC  
25,23,21,  
19,17,15  
11,5,3,1  
Ground  
Gnd  
I
+5Vs  
+5V power supply  
O
B.10 HDD Pin Assignment  
The pin assignment of the internal HDD is as follows:  
NO.  
1
Signal  
HDDRESET#  
RPDA0  
Description  
Type  
O
O
O
Reset primary disk  
Primary disk address 0  
Primary disk address 1  
Primary disk address 2  
Primary disk data 0  
Primary disk data 1  
Primary disk data 2  
Primary disk data 3  
Primary disk data 4  
Primary disk data 5  
Primary disk data 6  
Primary disk data 7  
35  
33  
36  
17  
15  
13  
11  
9
RPDA1  
RPDA2  
O
RPDD0  
RPDD1  
RPDD2  
RPDD3  
RPDD4  
RPDD5  
RPDD6  
RPDD7  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
7
5
3
B-6  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pin Assignments  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
37  
38  
29  
21  
25  
23  
27  
31  
39  
RPDD8  
RPDD9  
Primary disk data 8  
Primary disk data 9  
Primary disk data 10  
Primary disk data 11  
Primary disk data 12  
Primary disk data 13  
Primary disk data 14  
Primary disk data 15  
Primary disk chip select for 100 range  
Primary disk chip select for 300 range  
Primary DMA acknowledge  
Primary DMA request  
Primary disk IO read  
Primary disk IO write  
Primary disk IO channel ready  
Primary disk interrupt  
HDD access indicator  
Ground  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
O
O
O
I
O
RPDD10  
RPDD11  
RPDD12  
RPDD13  
RPDD14  
RPDD15  
RPDCS1#  
RPDCS3#  
RPDDACK#  
RPDDREQ  
RPDIOR#  
RPDIOW#  
RPIORDY  
IRQ14  
O
I
I
O
HDDLED#  
2,19,22,24,26  
,28,3040,43  
41,42  
Gnd  
I
+5Vs  
+5v power supply  
O
B.11 Internal Keyboard FPC Connector  
The pin assignment of the internal keyboard connector is as follows:  
No  
1,25  
2,26  
3,27  
4,28  
5,29  
6,30  
7,31  
Signal  
X15  
X14  
X13  
X12  
X11  
X10  
X9  
X8  
X7  
X6  
X5  
XY7  
XY6  
XY5  
XY4  
X4  
Description  
Keyboard matrix column 15  
Type  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
Keyboard matrix column 14  
Keyboard matrix column 13  
Keyboard matrix column 12  
Keyboard matrix column 11  
Keyboard matrix column 10  
Keyboard matrix column 9  
Keyboard matrix column 8  
Keyboard matrix column 7  
Keyboard matrix column 6  
Keyboard matrix column 5  
Keyboard matrix row 7  
Keyboard matrix row 6  
Keyboard matrix row 5  
Keyboard matrix row 4  
Keyboard matrix column 4  
Keyboard matrix column 3  
Keyboard matrix row 3  
Keyboard matrix row 2  
Keyboard matrix row 1  
8,32  
9,33  
10,34  
11,35  
12,36  
13,37  
14,38  
15,39  
16,40  
17,41  
18,42  
19,43  
20,44  
21,45  
22,46  
23,47  
24,48  
X3  
I
XY3  
XY2  
XY1  
XY0  
X2  
O
O
O
O
I
Keyboard matrix row 0  
Keyboard matrix column 2  
Keyboard matrix column 1  
Keyboard matrix column 0  
X1  
X0  
I
I
B.12 Battery Connector  
The pin assignment for the battery connector is as follows:  
No  
1
2
Signal  
Gnd  
B_PMU5V  
BAT+  
Description  
Ground  
Type  
-
I
3
Battery output/input voltage  
I/O  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
B-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pin Assignments  
4
5
6
7
8
CLK  
DTA  
TH1  
BIN1  
GND  
SMBus clock signal  
SMBus data signal  
THERMAL  
I/O  
I/O  
O
O
-
GROUND  
B.13 Audio Jack  
The audio jack comprises of the headphone jack, line-out jack, and microphone jack:  
SPDIF & Headphone Jack  
The pin assignment of the headphone jack is as follows:  
No  
4
2
3
5
Signal  
GND  
HP_L  
HP_R  
SPDIFDET  
HPDET  
Description  
Ground  
Headphone left sound  
Headphone right sound  
SPDIF insert detect  
Type  
I
O
O
I
1
Headphone insert detect  
I
8
7
9
SPDIF PWR SPDIF power  
O
O
I
SPDIF  
GND  
SPDIF signal  
Ground  
Line-In Jack  
The pin assignment of the line-in jack is as follows:  
No  
1
Signal  
GND  
Description  
Ground  
Type  
I
I
I
I
I
2
LINEINL  
LINEINR  
GND  
Line in left sound  
Line in right sound  
Ground  
3
4
5
GND  
Ground  
Microphone Jack  
The pin assignment of the microphone jack is as follows:  
No  
1
2
3
4
Signal  
GND  
MICIN  
GND  
EXTMICDET EXTERNAL MIC detect  
GND Ground  
Description  
Ground  
External Microphone input signal  
Ground  
Type  
I
I
I
I
I
5
B.14 Internal Microphone Connector  
The pin assignment of the internal microphone is as follows:  
No  
1
Signal  
MICIN  
GND  
Description  
External Microphone input signal  
Ground  
Type  
2
B-8  
FIC A550 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
C
FRU Parts Listing  
This appendix provides you with the field replaceable unit (FRU) parts listing of the A360  
Series. Refer to this appendix whenever ordering for spare parts or requesting for RMA  
(Returned Merchandise Authorization) number.  
FRU  
CPU MODULE FC-PGA 866MHZ  
CPU MODULE FC-PGA 933MHZ  
CPU MODULE FC-PGA 1GBMHZ  
CPU MODULE FC-PGA 1.13GBMHZ  
CPU CELERON-700  
FIC Part Number  
01-10418-01  
01-10409-01  
01-10410-01  
01-10820-00  
01-10407-01  
01-10429-01  
01-10430-01  
01-10818-00  
01-10819-00  
02-33007-00  
02-32060-03  
02-33007-01  
02-33004-01  
02-33004-03  
25-02396-00  
23-40295-00  
24-50823-00  
80-40423-00  
25-02396-10  
23-40280-02  
24-50823-00  
80-40424-00  
25-02397-00  
23-40293-00  
25-50823-00  
24-70110-20  
CPU CELERON-733  
CPU CELERON-766  
CPU CELERON-800  
CPU CELERON-819  
SDRAM-M Apacer 64MB(PC133)  
SDRAM-M Pan Ram 64MB(PC133)  
SDRAM-M Apacer 128MB(PC133)  
SDRAM-M Pan Ram 128MB(PC133)  
SDRAM-M Pan Ram 256MB(PC133)  
Module - CD-ROM 24X QSI  
CD-ROM 24X QSI  
CD-ROM BRACKET L1  
PLASTIC-M CD-ROM PANEL  
Module - CD-ROM 24X MKE  
CD-ROM 24X MKE  
CD-ROM BRACKET L1  
PLASTIC-M CD-ROM PANEL  
Module - DVD-ROM 8X QSI  
DVD-ROM 8X QSI  
CD-ROM BRACKET L1  
CD-ROM CYBERLINK POWER DVD SW  
PLASTIC-M DVD-ROM PANEL  
80-40425-00  
FIC A360 Series Service Manual  
C-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FRU Parts Listing  
FRU  
FIC Part Number  
25-02397-10  
23-40319-00  
25-50823-00  
24-70110-20  
80-40426-00  
25-02398-00  
23-40233-13  
24-50823-00  
26-00975-03  
80-40427-00  
25-02398-20  
23-40323-02  
24-50823-00  
26-00975-03  
80-40428-00  
25-02394-00  
23-20723-00  
24-51297-00  
22-21104-00  
25-02394-10  
23-20725-00  
24-51297-00  
22-21104-00  
25-02394-20  
23-20740-00  
24-51297-00  
22-21104-00  
25-02395-00  
23-20726-00  
24-51297-00  
22-21104-00  
25-02395-10  
23-20728-00  
24-51297-00  
22-21104-00  
Module - DVD-ROM 8X MKE  
DVD-ROM 8X MKE  
CD-ROM BRACKET L1  
CD-ROM CYBERLINK POWER DVD SW  
PLASTIC-M DVD-ROM PANEL  
Module - CD-RW MKE  
DVD-ROM 8XW/4XW/24X MKE  
CD-ROM BRACKET L1  
S/W ADAPTEC EASY CD CREATOR  
PLASTIC-M CD-RW PANEL  
Module - CD-RW SONY  
CD-RW 8XW/20XR SONY  
CD-ROM BRACKET L1  
S/W ADAPTEC EASY CD CREATOR  
PLASTIC-M CD-RW PANEL  
Module HDD _10 GB _HIT  
HDD 10GB HIT  
HDD BRACKET  
F-CABLE  
Module HDD _10 GB _FUJ  
Module HDD _10 GB _IBM  
Module HDD _20 GB _HIT  
Module HDD _20 GB _FUJ  
HDD 10GB FUJ  
HDD BRACKET  
F-CABLE  
HDD 10GB IBM  
HDD BRACKET  
F-CABLE  
HDD 20GB HIT  
HDD BRACKET  
F-CABLE  
HDD 20GB FUJ  
HDD BRACKET  
F-CABLE  
C-2  
FIC A360 Series Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FRU Parts Listing  
FRU  
FIC Part Number  
25-02395-20  
23-20741-00  
24-51297-00  
22-21104-00  
21-91081-00  
71-40103-00  
71-40104-00  
71-40105-00  
21-91082-00  
21-91083-00  
71-40170-00  
71-40172-00  
71-40195-00  
N/A  
Module HDD _20 GB _IBM  
HDD 20GB IBM  
HDD BRACKET  
F-CABLE  
Battery Pack NI-MH 3800MA  
Module-FAX_MODEM US  
Module-FAX_MODEM EUR  
Module-FAX_MODEM UK  
Battery Pack NI-MH 4500MA  
Battery Pack LI-LON 3800MA  
FAX/MODEM MODULE  
LAN MODULE  
COMBO MODULE  
Main Module  
Main Board  
51-70650-XX  
80-40419-00  
80-40420-00  
80-40422-00  
80-50122-00  
24-42293-00  
24-42260-00  
80-00058-00  
22-21101-00  
24-42137-00  
24-42138-00  
24-42139-00  
80-40464-00  
24-82341-00  
51-70656-00  
25-02413-00  
23-10274-00  
22-21102-00  
24-51299-00  
BOTTOM CASE FDD Module  
Module TOP CASE  
K/B Cover  
TOP PLATE  
W/O CARE COVER  
SPEAKER COVER  
Audio DJ/SW Module  
F-CABLE FFC FOR AUDIO-DJ  
CASE BUTTON AUDIO-DJ-R  
CASE BUTTON AUDIO-DJ-L  
CASE BUTTON AUDIO-DJ (ON/OFF)  
AUDIO DJ COVER  
RUBBER AUDIO-DJ BTTON  
DJ SWITCH BOARD  
Module FDD_NEC  
FDD 3.5" NEC  
F-CABLE FDD FPC  
FDD PLATE  
FIC A460Series Service Manual  
C-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FRU Parts Listing  
FRU  
FIC Part Number  
25-02399-00  
22-21099-00  
22-21100-00  
24-51298-00  
51-71080-21  
71-20186-00  
80-40421-00  
56-10450-00  
71-10582-00  
12-01368-01  
22-10680-00  
22-10691-00  
80-40415-00  
80-40418-00  
24-51308-00  
24-51307-00  
24-51294-00  
24-51293-00  
Module PALM REST  
F-CABLE GLIDE PAD TO SW CABLE  
F-CABLE GLIDE PAD TO M/B CABLE  
FRAME G/P  
GLIDE PAD/B  
GLIDE PAD  
PLASTIC-M PALM-REST Module  
Module LCD TFT 12.1" Hann Star  
LCD 12.1" Hann Star  
INVETER/B  
CABLE INVT.  
LCD MICRO-COAXIAL  
LCD BEZEL COVER  
LCD COVER BACK  
FRAME HINGE-R  
FRAME HINGE-L  
FRAME BRACKET R  
FRAME BRACKET L  
Module LCD TFT 13.3" ADT  
56-10451-00  
71-10546-03  
12-01368-01  
22-10660-00  
80-40416-00  
80-40418-00  
24-51308-00  
24-51307-00  
24-51292-00  
24-51291-00  
56-10463-00  
71-10574-01  
12-01368-01  
22-10732-00  
80-40417-00  
80-40418-00  
24-51308-00  
24-51307-00  
LCD 13.3" ADT  
INVETER/B  
LCD MICRO-COAXIAL  
LCD BEZEL COVER  
LCD COVER BACK  
FRAME HINGE-R  
FRAME HINGE-L  
FRAME BRACKET R  
FRAME BRACKET L  
Module LCD TFT 14.1" ADT  
LCD 14.1" ADT  
INVETER/B  
LCD MICRO-COAXIAL  
LCD BEZEL COVER  
LCD COVER BACK  
FRAME HINGE-R  
FRAME HINGE-L  
C-4  
FIC A360 Series Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FRU Parts Listing  
FRU  
FIC Part Number  
56-10452-00  
71-10547-02  
12-01368-01  
22-10693-00  
80-40417-00  
80-40418-00  
24-51308-00  
24-51307-00  
12-01305-21  
71-30411-00  
71-30411-02  
71-30411-03  
Module LCD TFT 14.1" CPT  
LCD 14.1" CPT  
INVETER/B  
LCD MICRO-COAXIAL  
LCD BEZEL COVER  
LCD COVER BACK  
FRAME HINGE-R  
FRAME HINGE-L  
AC ADAPTOR (3 PIN)  
Keyboard(US)  
Keyboard(UK)  
Keyboard(JAP)  
FIC A460Series Service Manual  
C-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Earthquake Sound Speaker TREMORX10 4 10 8 User Manual
Eiki Projector LC 5000U User Manual
Electro Voice Portable Speaker Leyton User Manual
Fisher Price Motorized Toy Car P5065 User Manual
Frigidaire Air Conditioner FFRE0633Q1 User Manual
FujiFilm Digital Camera 16218221 User Manual
GarrettCom Switch Magnum S14 User Manual
GE Air Conditioner AGE12DJ User Manual
Gefen TV Cables EXT HDMI13 142 User Manual
GN Netcom Headphones OPG 1N User Manual